Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act (B-BBEE Act)
Act 53 of 2003
Provides the empowerment-compliance context often used in public-sector supplier evaluation.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Documents available on tender detail page
Tender Type
Request for Bid(Open-Tender)
Delivery Location
Kusile Power Station R545 KENDAL/BALMORAL RD HAARTEBEESFONTEIN FARM WITBANK 1035 - - WITBANK -
Organization Type
GOVERNMENT
Published
07 Sept 2026
OCDS Reference
ocds-9t57fa-169283
ESKOM is procuring surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring services at kusile power station in mpumalanga for a five-year period. Bidders must submit their bids by 22 september 2026 at 11:00, with all required returnable documents completed and signed. The most consequential requirement is the five-year duration of the monitoring contract, which will require sustained capacity and compliance with environmental monitoring standards.
Bids must be submitted by 22 September 2026 at 11:00.
The contract is for a period of five (5) years.
All required returnable documents must be completed and signed.
The scope covers surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring at Kusile Power Station.
Bidders must be able to deliver environmental monitoring services over the full five-year term.
Continue with tenders sharing this issuer, category, or province.
Return to this tender’s issuing organisation, province, or category.
Continue with tenders sharing this issuer, category, or province.
Date & Time
Tuesday, 22 September 2026 - 11:00
Venue
null
Categories
Request for Bid(Open-Tender)
Kusile Power Station R545 KENDAL/BALMORAL RD HAARTEBEESFONTEIN FARM WITBANK 1035 - - WITBANK -
Tenders in this industry often require registration with these bodies.
Recommended Certifications
Having these can improve your winning chances: SAVC Registration, AgriSETA Accreditation, GlobalG.A.P. Certification
AI Document Analysis Stages
Review in progress
The information shown on this card is preliminary. Our procurement team is currently finalising the submission guidelines, evaluation criteria, technical specifications, financial requirements, and compliance sections so you have a clean, bid-ready summary to work from. Documents being finalised: Eskom Holdings Soc Ltd Kusile 60 years Ash Dump Facility Water Use License.pdf, 240-126469599_Method Statement template Rev2 final 18 Oct2021.docx, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd - Kusile Power Station WUL Amendments and Consolidation.pdf. You don’t need to refresh — this page will pick up the updated review automatically.
07 Sept
2026
Tender Published
Tender was published
22 Sept
2026
Closing Date
Tender closing date
These references help suppliers understand the public-procurement framework around this opportunity. They are generated from the tender category, issuing organisation type and procurement context.
These rules commonly apply to South African public-sector procurement.
Act 53 of 2003
Provides the empowerment-compliance context often used in public-sector supplier evaluation.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 108 of 1996 (s217)
This is general procurement context, not legal advice. Always verify requirements in the official tender documents and issuing authority notices.
Supplier Development Localisation Industrialisation (SDLI) Strategy The surface and groundwater and aquatic monitoring will be for five (5) year period..pdf
Eskom is procuring surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring services at Kusile Power Station in Mpumalanga for a five-year period. The contract will be awarded under the Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act, with points allocated for B-BBEE status and specific goals, and includes SDL&I obligations such as local procurement, black-owned enterprise spend, job creation, and skills development.
Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd - Kusile Power Station WUL Amendments and Consolidation.pdf
Kusile Operation EMP - March 2014 Final.pdf
Eskom Generation is procuring a five-year service for surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring at the Kusile Power Station in Mpumalanga. The scope covers monitoring and reporting to ensure compliance with the station's environmental authorisations and the Water Use Licence.
Surface and groundwater monitoring NEC.pdf
Eskom is procuring a five-year term service contract for surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring at Kusile Power Station in Mpumalanga, on an as-and-when-required basis. The contract is an NEC3 Term Service Contract (TSC3) with a priced price list (Option A), covering sampling, laboratory testing, reporting, and related environmental monitoring services.
Kusile Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for surface groundwater and aquatic monitoring (003).pdf
Eskom is procuring surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring services at Kusile Power Station in Mpumalanga for a five-year period. The tender is evaluated on a technical threshold of 70%, with mandatory experience and personnel requirements, and qualitative criteria covering organogram, laboratory accreditation, and monitoring protocols.
240-105658000 Supplier QM Spec Rev 3-QM 58.pdf
No summary available
Kusile Power Station OHS Spec fo monitoring of surface, groundwater and aquatic.pdf
Eskom Kusile Power Station is procuring a five-year contract for surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring services, including sampling, analysis, bio-monitoring, geohydrological modelling and related environmental studies at the Kusile Power Station site in Mpumalanga. The contract is governed by a detailed OHS specification that imposes extensive safety, legal and compliance obligations on the successful contractor.
Eskom Holdings Soc Ltd Kusile 60 years Ash Dump Facility Water Use License.pdf
Copy of 240-12248652_List of Tender Returnables_Cat 4_ Rev 7.pdf
ESKOM is procuring surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring services at Kusile Power Station in Mpumalanga for a five-year period. The tender includes quality management system requirements and specific returnable documents that bidders must submit.
240-126469599_Method Statement template Rev2 final 18 Oct2021.docx
Surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring services at Kusile Power Station for a five-year period, issued by Eskom in Mpumalanga. The tender requires a detailed method statement covering scope, objectives, resources, risks, and quality management.
240-68099512 Form A_Cat 4_ Rev 9.docx
No summary available
Contractor basline risk assessment.pdf
Eskom is procuring surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring services at Kusile Power Station in Mpumalanga for a five-year period. The tender includes occupational health and safety risk assessment requirements for activities such as cleaning conveyors, handling ash and coal, and driving on site.
Groundwater Governance Standard (002).pdf
Eskom is procuring a five-year contract for surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring at Kusile Power Station in Mpumalanga. The tender is governed by Eskom's Groundwater Governance Standard, which mandates a structured groundwater management framework including site characterisation, risk assessment, monitoring network establishment, sampling, data interpretation and remediation where required.
KUS-20250797 Kusile Power Station Environmental Specification Rev 1 SW GW Env (1).pdf
Monitoring of surface and groundwater at Kusile Power Station, in line with the Water Use License and other requirements, for a five-year period. The contract is issued by Eskom and is subject to a detailed environmental specification.
240-77471499 Annexure B (002).docx
Surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring services at Kusile Power Station in Mpumalanga, for a contract period of five years, issued by Eskom.
Supplier risk category.docx
Eskom is procuring surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring services at Kusile Power Station in Mpumalanga for a five-year period. The tender is open to suppliers who can meet Eskom's occupational health and safety requirements, which vary by risk category.
E-Tender Enquiry Request and Closing Date Form Ground Water.pdf
Eskom is procuring surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring services at Kusile Power Station in Mpumalanga for a five-year period. The tender closing date has been extended to 30 June 2026 to allow suppliers more time to complete pricing.
240-129306525 Kusile Power Station Surface Groundwater and Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work Rev 4 (002).pdf
Eskom Kusile Power Station is procuring a five-year contract for surface water, groundwater, and aquatic monitoring services to comply with its Water Use Licence (WUL) conditions. The contractor will conduct routine sampling, analysis, reporting, and ad-hoc environmental studies at specified monitoring points around the power station in Mpumalanga.
Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) GroundWater.pdf
Eskom is procuring surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring services at Kusile Power Station in Mpumalanga for a five-year period. The contract will be awarded under the NEC3 Term Service Contract (TSC3) and requires bidders to demonstrate relevant experience, qualified personnel, and laboratory accreditation.
To download these documents and access AI-powered analysis, visit the main tender page.
Win Eskom tenders with AI Tender Matching, technical document analysis, compliance scoring, and structured bid support for energy and engineering contracts.
Matched by category & region
Free guidance to prepare before you bid
Not sure if your business is ready for this tender? Check CSD, CIDB, and B-BBEE requirements, run a readiness assessment, and move from opportunity to submission.
Open Supplier Readiness HubMedian Estimate
R 1 373 225
Range
Based on 11 comparable awarded tenders. Companies with similar profiles typically bid near the median.
* Estimates are based on historical data and do not guarantee actual award values.
We refine every tender document through these stages so you can brief your team and prepare your bid with confidence. Anything marked as "in progress" will be upgraded automatically — no action required from you.
Description
Source: Kusile Power Station OHS Spec fo monitoring of surface, groundwater and aquatic.pdfScope of work: bi-weekly/monthly/quarterly/annual surface and groundwater sampling and analysis; bi-annual bio-monitoring at 10 points; monthly flow measurements; annual stormwater inspection; soil sampling when required; stakeholder notification on exceedances; quarterly presentations; annual geohydrological model; annual borehole purging; monthly flow rates; upstream/downstream comparison; contaminant loading; turbidity measurement; SANAS accredited labs; ecologist walkdown; recommendations; network maintenance; source apportionment study; monthly client meetings; wetland delineation; annual water conservation plan update; annual habitat assessment; update Integrated Waste and Water Management Plan & RSIP.
Important Dates
Source: Kusile Power Station OHS Spec fo monitoring of surface, groundwater and aquatic.pdf (unknown){"briefingSession":"{"date":null,"time":null,"venue":"ion reports to the relevant management.","is_compulsory":false}"}
Contact Information
Source: Kusile Power Station OHS Spec fo monitoring of surface, groundwater and aquatic.pdf (unknown)Project address: Kusile power station, R45 Kendal /Balmoral Road, Haartebeesfontein farm. No named contact provided.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Kusile Power Station OHS Spec fo monitoring of surface, groundwater and aquatic.pdf (unknown)Bidders must be registered with the Compensation Commissioner and hold a valid Letter of Good Standing (COID) for the contract duration. They must comply with the OHS Act and all relevant regulations, including Section 37(2) agreements. The contractor must have a valid OHS policy signed by the CEO or Section 16(2) appointee. All employees must be medically fit with valid medical certificates of fitness. The contractor must appoint competent persons for statutory roles (Health and Safety Representative, First Aider, Incident Investigator, Health and Safety Committee members) with specified training. The contractor must submit a safety file to the OHS department 2 weeks before project commencement, and the OHS plan must be approved in writing by the Kusile project manager. The contractor must comply with Eskom's Life-Saving Rules, including zero alcohol and drug tolerance. The contractor must have a valid Section 37(2) agreement signed with Eskom and with any sub-contractors. The scope of work is classified as high-risk, requiring written method statements and supervisor presence at all times.
Technical Specifications
Source: Kusile Power Station OHS Spec fo monitoring of surface, groundwater and aquatic.pdf (unknown)Scope of work includes:
Methodology
Source: Kusile Power Station OHS Spec fo monitoring of surface, groundwater and aquatic.pdfA written method statement signed by the Kusile Contract Manager and the appointed contractor is required. The method statement must detail how monitoring activities will be carried out safely.
Experience & Qualifications
Source: Kusile Power Station OHS Spec fo monitoring of surface, groundwater and aquatic.pdfContractors must have appropriate qualifications and certificates for the work. Employees must be under competent supervision at all times.
Compliance Requirements
Source: Kusile Power Station OHS Spec fo monitoring of surface, groundwater and aquatic.pdf (unknown)OHS compliance requirements:
Health & Safety
Source: Kusile Power Station OHS Spec fo monitoring of surface, groundwater and aquatic.pdfKey OHS requirements: safety file must be submitted 2 weeks before project start; OHS department assesses and approves; written method statement; supervisor present at all times; weekly task observations; medical fitness certificates; valid COID letter; compliance with Life-Saving Rules (7 rules including zero alcohol); substance abuse policy with zero tolerance; risk assessments; statutory appointments (H&S Rep, First Aider, etc.); OHS training and induction; vehicle management rules; housekeeping; PPE; incident investigation; emergency management; non-conformance management; OHS file maintained; Eskom may terminate for non-compliance; barricading; KPIs for contractor.
Contractual Terms
Source: Kusile Power Station OHS Spec fo monitoring of surface, groundwater and aquatic.pdf (unknown)A section 37(2) agreement must be signed between Eskom and the main contractor, and between main contractor and subcontractors. Copies must be held by each party and included in the OHS file.
Requirements
Source: Kusile Power Station OHS Spec fo monitoring of surface, groundwater and aquatic.pdf (unknown)Contractors must comply with the Constitution of South Africa, OHS Act and Regulations, NEMA, National Water Act, COID Act, and other applicable legislation. Child labour is not permitted.
Description
Source: Supplier Development Localisation Industrialisation (SDLI) Strategy The surface and groundwater and aquatic monitoring will be for five (5) year period..pdf (TENDER)The surface and groundwater and aquatic monitoring will be for five (5) year period. Duration of the Project: For five (5) year period.
Important Dates
Source: Supplier Development Localisation Industrialisation (SDLI) Strategy The surface and groundwater and aquatic monitoring will be for five (5) year period..pdf (TENDER){"closingDate":"01 April 2023"}
Contact Information
Source: Supplier Development Localisation Industrialisation (SDLI) Strategy The surface and groundwater and aquatic monitoring will be for five (5) year period..pdf (TENDER){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":null,"department":"Kusile Power Station","address":"it proposals in a table below for developing the skills of unemployed"}
Submission Guidelines
Source: Supplier Development Localisation Industrialisation (SDLI) Strategy The surface and groundwater and aquatic monitoring will be for five (5) year period..pdf (TENDER)Submit the tender response separated into components as per the Price Schedule included with the tender documents. The response must include the SDL&I Implementation Schedule, which must be completed and returned. Failure to provide documentation for the allocation of preference points will not disqualify the bidder, but the bidder will only score price points (out of 90/80) and 0 points for specific goals (out of 10/20).
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Supplier Development Localisation Industrialisation (SDLI) Strategy The surface and groundwater and aquatic monitoring will be for five (5) year period..pdf (TENDER)The contract must be awarded to the tenderer scoring the highest points. Points are allocated for price (90/80) and specific goals (10/20) based on B-BBEE status level. Tenderers must submit proposals for local procurement content (value added in South Africa) and for the type and number of jobs created and retained in South Africa. Tenderers must indicate the extent to which they will maintain or improve their B-BBEE status over the contract period. Tenderers with B-BBEE Level 4 at award must achieve Level 3 by end of first year and improve one level per year thereafter. Tenderers with Level 5-8 or non-compliant must achieve Level 4 by end of first year and improve one level per year from second year. Tenderers must submit a B-BBEE Improvement Plan as an essential document within 30 days of signing the contract. A penalty of 3% of the Contract Value will be applied for failure to meet SDL&I obligations. Eskom will retain 3% of every invoice (excluding VAT) as retention for SDL&I obligations. Every contract must be accompanied by an SDL&I Implementation Schedule.
Technical Specifications
Source: Supplier Development Localisation Industrialisation (SDLI) Strategy The surface and groundwater and aquatic monitoring will be for five (5) year period..pdf (TENDER)N/a
NOTE: Failure by the Contractor/Service Provider/Supplier to meet the CIDB CSDG mandatory %
will render their tender non-responsive.
Methodology
Source: Supplier Development Localisation Industrialisation (SDLI) Strategy The surface and groundwater and aquatic monitoring will be for five (5) year period..pdf (TENDER)through their supply network. In certain cases, the SETA’s accredited training providers can be
approached to participate in developing critical and scarce skills.
Note: That these targets for skills development candidates categorically exclude Eskom
employees and registered learners. The tenderers are required to take full responsibility
for the total cost of developing the requisite skills, and Eskom shall not make any
financial contribution towards the fulfilment of this obligation. Tenderers also are
advised to approach their relevant SETAs to access grants, subsidies, and incentives
as well as South African Revenue Services for tax rebates that are earmarked for skills
development initiatives
Section 3: SDL&I Penalty and Performance Security
Eskom will apply a penalty of 3% of the Contract Value for failure to meet SDL&I obligations.
For the duration of the contract, Eskom will retain 3% of every invoice (excluding VAT) as security for
the fulfilment of all SDL&I Obligations. The retained amounts shall only be released to the Contractor
upon fulfilment of all SDL&I obligations by the contractor.
Pricing Schedule
Source: Supplier Development Localisation Industrialisation (SDLI) Strategy The surface and groundwater and aquatic monitoring will be for five (5) year period..pdf (TENDER)tender response must be separated into its components as per the Price Schedule included with
the tender documents. Local procurement content is total spending minus the imported
component.
Financial Requirements
Source: Supplier Development Localisation Industrialisation (SDLI) Strategy The surface and groundwater and aquatic monitoring will be for five (5) year period..pdf (TENDER)The tender response must be separated into its components as per the Price Schedule included with the tender documents. The contract will be awarded to the tenderer scoring the highest points, subject to section 2(1)(f) of the Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act. Bidders failing to provide documentation for preference points will only score price points (out of 90/80) and 0 points for specific goals (out of 10/20).
Compliance Requirements
Source: Supplier Development Localisation Industrialisation (SDLI) Strategy The surface and groundwater and aquatic monitoring will be for five (5) year period..pdf (TENDER)Proof of ownership / shareholding (preferably CIPC documentation) inclusive of shareholding
B-BBEE Minimum Level: 0
Points Allocation: 20 points
B-BBEE Details: er and aquatic monitoring will be for
five (5) year period.
Duration of the Project For five (5) year period.
XXXXXX Budget
Name of Buyer Sbonelo Mlaba
Section 1: Specific Goals
A maximum of 10/20 points may be awarded to a tenderer for the specific goal specified for the
tender. The points scored for the specific goal must be added to the points scored for price and the
total must be rounded off to the nearest two decimal places. Subject to section 2(1)(f) of the
Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act, the contract must be awarded to the tenderer
scoring the highest points.
B-BBEE Status Level of Number of points Number of points
Contributor (90/10 system) (80/20 system)
1 10 20
2 9 18
3 6 14
4 5 12
5 4 8
6 3 6
7 2 4
8 1 2
Non-compliant contributor 0 0
NB: The following documents are required to claim preference points,
CIPS affidavit
breakdown
ventures),a consolidated B-BBEE status level verification certificate.
Tenderer failing to provide documentation for the allocation of preference points will not be
disqualified, but’
Confidential
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system. No part of this document may be rep
Health & Safety
Source: Supplier Development Localisation Industrialisation (SDLI) Strategy The surface and groundwater and aquatic monitoring will be for five (5) year period..pdf (TENDER)ensure their validity:
authorised to depose of an affidavit. (Mark the applicable option).
business address.
as per Statement 004, the percentage of black beneficiaries must be reflected. (No blank spaces to be left).
management account. (Mark the applicable option).
(Financial year end to be stipulated by day/month/year).
supplier status.
the presence of the Commissioner of Oath. Furthermore the Commissioner must also sign and stamp)
commission a sworn affidavit in which they have an interest.
Compiled by: Maluta Mukwevho
...................................
Section
Source: Supplier Development Localisation Industrialisation (SDLI) Strategy The surface and groundwater and aquatic monitoring will be for five (5) year period..pdf (TENDER)Section 1: Specific Goals
A maximum of 10/20 points may be awarded to a tenderer for the specific goal specified for the
tender. The points scored for the specific goal must be added to the points scored for price and the
scoring the highest points.
B-BBEE Status Level of Number of points Number of points
Contributor (90/10 system) (80/20 system)
NB: The following documents are required to claim preference points,
Tenderer failing to provide documentation for the allocation of preference points will not be
Important Dates
Source: Eskom Holdings Soc Ltd Kusile 60 years Ash Dump Facility Water Use License.pdf (unknown)Closing date: 2026-09-22 at 11:00. No other dates (briefings, site visits, clarification deadlines) are stated in the available text.
Submission Guidelines
Source: Eskom Holdings Soc Ltd Kusile 60 years Ash Dump Facility Water Use License.pdf (unknown)Returnable documents: all mandatory forms must be completed, signed and submitted with the bid. The submission channel and address are not stated in the available text. Bids received after the closing time are disqualified.
Technical Specifications
Source: Eskom Holdings Soc Ltd Kusile 60 years Ash Dump Facility Water Use License.pdf (unknown)The scope is surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring at Kusile Power Station for a period of five (5) years. No further technical details (parameters, frequency, standards, deliverables) are stated in the available text.
Compliance Requirements
Source: Eskom Holdings Soc Ltd Kusile 60 years Ash Dump Facility Water Use License.pdf (unknown)Insufficient searchable text to determine compliance requirements. No specific forms, registrations, or certifications are stated in the available text.
Important Dates
Source: Copy of 240-12248652_List of Tender Returnables_Cat 4_ Rev 7.pdf (unknown)The tender reference is 240-12248652. The closing date is not stated in the provided text. No briefing or site visit dates are mentioned.
Contact Information
Source: Copy of 240-12248652_List of Tender Returnables_Cat 4_ Rev 7.pdf (unknown)The document mentions an Eskom representative and a signature block, but no name, contact details, or submission address are provided.
Submission Guidelines
Source: Copy of 240-12248652_List of Tender Returnables_Cat 4_ Rev 7.pdf (unknown)Bidders must submit all tender returnable documents listed in the List of Tender Returnables (Category 4, Revision 7), including Form A completed and signed. The list includes Section A (Quality Management System Requirements, ISO 9001) and Section B (Evidence of QMS in operation, referencing Tender Quality Requirements 240-105658000). Additional requirements may be added as applicable per the scope of work and/or specification. Bidders must complete and sign Form A. Bidders must submit all tender returnable documents as listed in the List of Tender Returnables Documents (effective 2022/01/26).
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Copy of 240-12248652_List of Tender Returnables_Cat 4_ Rev 7.pdf (unknown)The tender is evaluated on quality requirements. Section A covers Quality Management System Requirements (ISO 9001) with a score of 1 for a documented QMS that is not certified but complies with ISO 9001, and a score of 1 for a Quality Method statement. Section B covers Evidence of QMS in operation, including documented information for defined roles, responsibilities and authorities (Clause 5.3 of ISO 9001:2015) and documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes, Products and Services (Clause 8.4 of ISO 9001:2015), each scored 1. Section E covers user-defined additional requirements and miscellaneous items, scored 1. The total scores for Sections B and E are each 2. Bidders must comply with the Supplier Quality Management requirements (revision 7) and the specification 240-105658000. The QMS must comply with ISO 9001 (certification not mandatory).
Technical Specifications
Source: Copy of 240-12248652_List of Tender Returnables_Cat 4_ Rev 7.pdf (unknown)The scope is Surface, Groundwater and Aquatic Monitoring at Kusile Power Station for a period of five (5) years. The tender specification is 240-105658000. The tender returnables list (Category 4, Revision 7) includes quality requirements: Section A requires a Quality Method statement and documented QMS that complies with ISO 9001 (certification not mandatory). Section B requires documented information for control of externally provided processes, products and services, including criteria for evaluation, selection, monitoring of performance, and re-evaluation of external providers (Clause 8.4 of ISO 9001:2015). Section E allows additional requirements as per the scope of work and/or specification.
Quality Management
Source: Copy of 240-12248652_List of Tender Returnables_Cat 4_ Rev 7.pdf (unknown)E.1 Form A must be completed and signed. E.2 Additional requirements may be added as applicable per the scope of work and/or specification.
Compliance Requirements
Source: Copy of 240-12248652_List of Tender Returnables_Cat 4_ Rev 7.pdf (unknown)No specific requirements found
Section
Source: Copy of 240-12248652_List of Tender Returnables_Cat 4_ Rev 7.pdfA.3 Quality Objectives Approved by top management. 1
Section A Score Option 2 3
SECTION B : Evidence of QMS in operation (Tender Quality Requirements -Ref 240-105658000)
not limited to quality management function/role) 1
B.2 Documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes, Products and Services - Must include criteria for evaluation, selection,
monitoring of performance, and re-evaluation of external providers (Clause 8.4 of ISO 9001:2015)
Section B Score 2
Section E Score 2
Supplier Quality Management: Revision 7
Category 4 : Quality Requirements Deliverables to be evaluated indicator = 1
SECTION A : Quality Management System Requirements ISO 9001
A.1 Quality Method statement based on scope.(Method Statement Template-Ref 240-126469599) 1
A.2 Quality Policy Approved by top management. 1
Submission Guidelines
Source: 240-126469599_Method Statement template Rev2 final 18 Oct2021.docx (unknown)Bidders must complete and submit the Eskom Method Statement template provided with the tender. The template requires details on scope of work, objectives, customer focus, competency and training, PPE, tools and equipment, leadership, risk management, process improvement, data analysis, and stakeholder/relationship management. All sections of the template must be filled in as part of the bid submission.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-126469599_Method Statement template Rev2 final 18 Oct2021.docx (unknown)No specific evaluation criteria or scoring split are stated in the document. Bidders are expected to complete the method statement template as part of their bid.
Technical Specifications
Source: 240-126469599_Method Statement template Rev2 final 18 Oct2021.docx (unknown)The tender is for surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring at Kusile Power Station for a period of five (5) years. The method statement template requires bidders to outline the scope of work, objectives, required skills and training, PPE, tools and equipment, risk management, and data analysis related to the monitoring services.
Compliance Requirements
Source: 240-126469599_Method Statement template Rev2 final 18 Oct2021.docx (unknown)No specific compliance requirements are stated in the document. Bidders must complete the method statement template as provided.
Description
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier QM Spec Rev 3-QM 58.pdf (unknown)The specification defines the supplier quality management requirements for Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, under document identifier 240-105658000 (Alternative Reference QM 58), revision 3. It applies to the procurement of products and services and covers quality management system requirements, quality plans, inspection and test plans, and supplier obligations.
Contact Information
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier QM Spec Rev 3-QM 58.pdf (unknown){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":null,"department":"Supply Chain Management","address":null}
Submission Guidelines
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier QM Spec Rev 3-QM 58.pdf (unknown)Submit the completed tender returnables, including Form A (240-68099512) and other documents listed in the List of Tender Returnables (240-12248652), by the closing date and time stated in the tender documents. The submission channel and address are not specified in the provided text. Bids may be disqualified if required returnables are incomplete or not signed.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier QM Spec Rev 3-QM 58.pdf (unknown)Evaluation criteria are not detailed in the provided text. The specification notes that specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnables document (240-12248652). Quality documentation must be prepared and submitted as per the tender selected category.
Technical Specifications
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier QM Spec Rev 3-QM 58.pdf (unknown)The tender requires the supplier to implement a quality management system (QMS) that meets Eskom's requirements. Key elements include: a Contract Quality Plan (CQP) and Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) covering contract number, order number, description of work, sequence of operations, acceptance criteria, intervention points, and records; documented information for quality records (organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, procedures); quality control procedures including inspection checklists, test procedures, and acceptance criteria; where applicable, FMECA and HAZOP reports; preservation of records with free access for Eskom audit; and submission of quality documentation as per the selected category using the List of Tender Returnables.
Methodology
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier QM Spec Rev 3-QM 58.pdf (unknown)will take place, including facility location(s)
performance of the activity, including specific reference to actual sections and pages of
procedures, standards, instructions, specifications, etc.
supplier. Further details are included in the Eskom specifications and works information.
3.8.3.5 Review and tracking of compliance with Eskom and supplier engineering specification of
preservation requirements.
3.8.3.6 Review and tracking of compliance with sub-supplier provided preservation requirements
and recommendations.
3.8.3.7 Evaluation of prospective temporary and longer-term material storage sites for consistency
with preservation programme expectations.
3.8.3.8 Preservation work plan development and plan execution performance evaluation of all
parties engaged for provision of material transportation, handling, or storage services.
3.8.3.9 Oversight of material quality preservation plan preparation and plan execution performance
at all work locations.
3.8.3.10 Development of a preservation programme records management process, in compliance
with Eskom information management requirements, which comprehensively addresses
generation, maintenance, and ready access by Eskom to all preservation programme
records.
3.8.3.11 The supplier shall deploy a clearly defined documented programme providing for
identification of all physical asset pre-operation preservation of quality requirements. In this
reference, the term “physical assets” should be understood to include bulk materials,
including consumable items, equipment systems, system components, and any other
procured or supplied materials or equipment transferred to project control, but not deployed
for operational purposes.
Experience & Qualifications
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier QM Spec Rev 3-QM 58.pdf (unknown)Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.7.3.5 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews shall be carried out by trained,
accredited, and experienced personnel in accordance with procedures documented in the
Quality Management
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier QM Spec Rev 3-QM 58.pdf (unknown). Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.1.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................. 3
2.1.2 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 3
2.1.3 Effective date ......................................................................................................... 3
2.2 Normative/Informative References .................................................................................... 3
2.2.1 Normative .............................................................................................................. 3
2.2.2 Informative ............................................................................................................. 3
2.3 Definitions ......................................................................................................................... 4
2.4 Abbreviations .................................................................................................................... 5
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities ................................................................................................ 6
2.6 Process for Monitoring ...................................................................................................... 6
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents ........................................................................................ 6
3.1 Supplier and Sub-Supplier Quality Management System Requirements ............................ 7
3.2 Quality Plan ...................................................................................................................... 8
3.3 Contract Quality Plan ........................................................................................................ 8
3.4 Quality Control Plan ........................................................................................................ 10
3.5 Pre-Contract Award: Quality Requirement....................................................................... 13
3.6 Main Supplier and Sub-supplier Capability and Capacity Assessment............................. 16
3.7 Post-Contract Award ....................................................................................................... 17
3.7.1 Contract Execution............................................................................................... 17
3.7.2 Supplier Quality Performance Monitoring Phase .................................................. 18
3.7.3 Supplier Quality Audit ........................................................................................... 18
3.8 Standard Conditions ....................................................................................................... 19
3.8.1 Rights of Access .................................................................................................. 19
3.8.2 Eskom Rights to Information ................................................................................ 20
3.8.3 Preservation ......................................................................................................... 21
3.8.4 Quality Audits Related Conditions ........................................................................ 25
3.8.5 Management of Nonconformities and Nonconforming Outputs Identified by
Eskom ................................................................................................................. 25
3.8.6 Special Processes ............................................................................................... 26
Acceptance ............................................................................................................................. 27
Revisions ................................................................................................................................ 27
Development Team ................................................................................................................. 27
Acknowledgements ................................................................................................................. 28
existing and potential Eskom suppliers and define the quality criteria for the selection, evaluation,
vendor registration, management, monitoring, assessment and auditing of suppliers. Eskom’s
position is to partner with suppliers who fully demonstrate commitment to the development,
implementation, and maintenance of a quality management system (QMS) that conforms to the
requirements of ISO 9001 standard. The priority is to encourage suppliers to continually improve
their QMS and enhance service delivery by implementing and conforming to the standard.
a quality management system (QMS) based on ISO 9001, which should form the basis for conformity
to Eskom quality requirements and continually adhere to them throughout the duration of a contract
2.1.2 Applicability
following paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems – Requirements
[2] ISO 10005 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Plans.
2.2.2 Informative
[3] ISO 9000 Quality Management Systems – Fundamentals and Vocabulary
[4] 32-727: Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Policy
[5] ISO 10006 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Management in Projects
[13] SANS 10845-1 Construction Procurement Part1: Processes, Methods and Procedures
2.3 Definitions
The vocabulary of ISO 9000 and the following definitions apply in the application of this specification.
2.3.1 Component: a constituent part of the product or sub-assembly of the product. The product
may comprise multiple individual components
2.3.2 Contract Quality Plan: a document of the supplier’s process for delivering the level of quality
required by the contract. It is a framework for the contractor’s process for delivering quality.
2.3.3 Hold Point: a predetermined stage in the quality control plan (QCP) beyond which work/
manufacturing shall not proceed without the attendance of, and written authorisation of, an
2.3.4 Intervention Points: those control points indicated by the various controlling bodies
concerned with the implementation of a specific QCP/ ITP. These can be in the form of
inspection, hold points, surveillances, witnesses, reviews and verifications.
2.3.5 Inspection Agency: an organisation or person appointed by Eskom for the purpose of
performing quality assurance/ quality control, monitoring, inspection and/ or expediting
services.
2.3.6 Level 1 Plant Items: equipment, whose failure has an effect on personnel safety and/ or
health, causes an environmental incident, cause a huge production loss or major equipment
damage. Equipment that are safety/ redundancy/ protective device or covered by statutory
regulations requirements.
2.3.7 Level 2 Plant Items: equipment, whose failure impacts plant availability and/or reliability,
causes significant costs or secondary damage.
2.3.8 Level 3 Plant Items: equipment that does not impact on personnel safety and/ or health,
environmental, cost, availability and/ or reliability of plant.
2.3.9 Nonconformity: a deficiency in material, composition, characteristic, or performance that
renders the quality of an item, component, or product unacceptable or indeterminate. The
term also covers a deficiency in, or deviation from/non-adherence to, the quality management
system requirements, prescribed production processes, and/or related documentation such
as procedures and instructions.
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
2.3.10 Quality Plan: specification of the actions, responsibilities and associated resources to be
applied to a specific object.
2.3.11 Quality Control Plan: a document specifying the activities to be inspected throughout the
execution of the project, inclusive of test methods, procedures, and acceptance criteria (This
term is equivalent to QIP and ITP).
2.3.12 Requirement: the need or expectation that is stated, generally implied, or obligatory.
course and scope of his/her employment or any agent or manager acting for, or on behalf of,
or in the interests of, the person registered as supplier on the Eskom supplier database.
2.3.17 Sub-supplier: an organisation that provides a product/service to the supplier and/or that
enters into a subcontract and assumes some of the obligations of the supplier or prime
contractor.
2.3.18 Witness Point: a predetermined stage in the quality control plan where and inspection
activity will take place. Work may proceed, provided Eskom or its inspection agency has been
formally notified and confirmed that inspection is waived.
2.4 Abbreviations
potential Eskom suppliers using Form A (Tender and Contract Quality Requirements for Supplier
Quality Management: Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and Quality Requirements for ISO 9001
Standard).
[1] 240-68099512 Tender and Contract Quality Requirements for Supplier Quality Management
Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and Quality Requirements for ISO 9001 Standard (Form
A)
[2] 240-109253698 Template for a Typical Contract Quality Plan
[3] 240-109253302 Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan
[4] 240-126469599 Method Statement Template.
as per this specification and ISO 9001 Standard or any additional quality requirements specific to
the scope of work.
3.1 Supplier and Sub-Supplier Quality Management System Requirements
3.1.1 The supplier and sub-supplier shall develop, implement, maintain and improve a formal QMS
that conforms to the latest ISO 9001 standard or any applicable standard of QMS (latest
applicable revision) and in accordance with the requirements of this specification.
3.1.2 Such a formal system shall consist of the appropriate documented information required by
ISO 9001 and may include a quality manual, quality plans, work procedures, work
instructions, method statements, work flow documentation, etc., as the case may be. This
requirement constitutes the most basic QMS requirements.
3.1.3 Unless specifically excluded from the quality list of tender returnable, as per the categories of
quality requirements (Category 1, 2, 3, or 4), such a QMS shall carry a valid ISO 9001
certificate from an accredited certification body, as indicated in the applicable Eskom
invitation (this requirement applies equally to both the supplier and any/ all manufacturing
third-party organisations mentioned above).
3.1.4 Unless specifically excluded in the quality list of tender returnable, as per the categories of
quality requirements (Category 1, 2, 3, or 4), the supplier shall have a fully developed,
documented, implemented, reviewed and maintained QMS that complies with the
requirements of ISO 9001 standard or any applicable standard of QMS. In the event that the
main supplier invariably requires the assistance of a sub-supplier in order to realise its own
supply obligations. The aforementioned requirement applies equally in all cases where any
such sub-supplier’s scope of responsibility includes the provision of any of the following
activities, namely, design and development, manufacturing, maintenance, testing, storage,
delivery, installation, commissioning, and project management, or in the cases the supplier
name changes, mergers, acquisitions and/ or cessions. Eskom Quality department must
ensure that the changed entity can still fulfil the requirements as set out in the contract
documentation.
3.1.5 Eskom reserves the right to request and perform necessary assessments at sub-supplier
facilities.
3.1.6 The main supplier shall be responsible for defining and managing the specific quality
assurance and control elements applicable to the respective sub-supplier’s scope of
work/supply and ensure that its sub-supplier(s) quality programmes support Eskom
requirements.
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.1.7 The supplier shall inform Eskom of any proposed changes to the QMS or staff that will affect
the quality system prior to implementation of these changes.
3.1.8 The main supplier shall develop and implement a performance management programme for
their sub-supplier. The programme shall include, but not limited to:
3.2 Quality Plan
3.2.1 Where specified in the Evaluation Criteria and/ or quality list of tender returnables , as per the
categories of quality requirements (Category 1, 2, 3, or 4); all individual products, services
and processes shall have a documented, implemented, reviewed and maintained contract
quality plan and/or quality control plan (inspection and test plan).
3.2.2 Where specified in the evaluation criteria and/ or quality list of tender returnables. All
production and/ or service provision shall be carried out in accordance with a documented
and agreed contract quality plan (CQP) and/ or quality control plan (QCP)/ inspection and test
plan (ITP).
3.2.3 The supplier shall plan for the required quality-related activities and interfaces within the
supplier’s quality system in order to demonstrate its ability towards both controlling and
meeting specified Eskom requirements.
Note 1: Contract Quality Plan should address the quality assurance elements related to the scope
of work and/ or technical specification.
Note 2: Quality Control Plan (QCP)/ Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) should address the quality
control elements related to the scope of work and/ or technical specification.
3.3 Contract Quality Plan
The main supplier shall require sub-suppliers to submit project quality plans (PQPs)/ contract quality
plans (CQPs) and associated documentation in accordance with the requirements of project QMS
processes applicable to the sub-supplier’s scope of work.
accordance with the ISO 10005 Quality Management System Guidelines for Quality Plans. In
addition to the elements specified in ISO 10005, the supplier’s and/ or sub-suppliers’ CQPs shall
include the following (as applicable):
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.3.1 The management of records, including material tests, positive material identification (PMI)
testing, material certification, etc.
3.3.2 The provision for free and uninhibited access by the supplier and/or personnel at the time of
inspection.
3.3.3 The proposals for submission of final documentation, the final manufacturing data book, prior
to shipment.
3.3.4 The special processes related to welding: management of the welder’s qualification record
(WQR), welding procedure specifications (WPS), and procedures qualification records (PQR)
that will be used in the performance of work for supplier review and acceptance prior to
commencing manufacture. Welders shall be qualified to the specified Codes of Construction
for the applicable procedures. The requirements for qualification shall be specified by the
supplier, and welder records shall be maintained by sub-suppliers performing the work.
3.3.5 The special installation procedures and other required fabrication or manufacturing
procedures (that is, those required for post-weld heat treatment, tube rolling, coatings, etc.)
that will be used in the performance of work shall require supplier review and acceptance
prior to commencing manufacture. The personnel carrying out special processes (for
example, NDE, welding, coating, heat treatment, etc.) where the results cannot be fully
verified by subsequent inspection and test shall be suitably qualified and, where applicable,
registered with statutory bodies as legally required, that is, as radiographic workers to conduct
radiography. The requirements for the qualification shall be specified, and personnel records
shall be maintained in accordance with the Project Quality Personnel Qualification
fabrication meeting and prior to commencement of manufacturing, whichever is earlier.
3.3.12 The Eskom template for CQP provided shall be used as guideline, where the supplier does
not have a CQP template.
3.4 Quality Control Plan
sufficient to address all quality-control-related activities in a chronological order, from contract review
through materials verification, manufacturing, fabrication, assembly, final testing, commissioning,
hand-over documentation, and certification. In addition, the supplier shall ensure compliance with
the following requirements:
3.4.1 All stages of manufacturing, fabrication, assembly and installation shall be controlled by a
supplier’s QCP/ ITP that clearly and unambiguously identifies the quality verifications to be
performed and special attention to controls related to critical products and services.
3.4.2 QCP/ ITP shall be reviewed and accepted by Eskom, its inspection authority or agency, and
they shall allow for the insertion of Eskom specific requirements, including hold and witness
points prior to the commencement of work.
3.4.3 Subsequent changes to the Eskom accepted QCP/ ITP shall require Eskom, its inspection
authority or agency’s agreement prior to the commencement of work involving an activity
affected by such changes.
3.4.4 The ITPs should cover materials certification, fabrication works, in-process inspections, final
acceptance tests, packaging and pre- shipment/ transportation, shipping/ transportation
inspections where contracted, preservation, site acceptance tests, construction and erection
works, and pre-commissioning and commissioning tests.
3.4.5 All sub-supplier QCP/ ITP activity shall be performed using an Eskom-accepted supplier
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.4.7 Where activities subject to inspection and test procedures are to be undertaken by a sub-
supplier, the QCP/ ITP shall make reference to this fact and shall include descriptive details
of the sub-supplier’s involvement. A separate QCP/ ITP shall be required for each sub-
supplier scope of work.
3.4.8 The supplier shall be ultimately accountable and responsible for the development and proper
implementation of all sub-supplier QCPs/ ITPs, including those reviewed or developed by
sub-suppliers.
3.4.9 Eskom reserves the right to select intervention points on QCPs/ ITPs for Eskom oversight of
selected functions and to perform surveillance or audits of the work.
3.4.10 Once signed, the ITPs and QCPs become addendums to the main contract. These ITPs can
be reviewed at Eskom’s discretion based on its assessment of the supplier’s performance or
other risks.
3.4.11 A QCP/ ITP shall contain the following information:
with reference to the relevant criticality risk rating
international standard, with the relevant clause number for each operation
agency
intervention in the plan
indication of records to be provided to Eskom (as applicable)
3.4.12 The main supplier shall require sub-suppliers to submit QCPs/ ITPs and associated
documentation applicable to the sub-supplier scope of work. Any changes made to the QCP
after submission must be resubmitted to Eskom for further review. The supplier shall ensure
that all sub-supplier QCPs/ ITPs are in compliance with the Eskom Quality Requirements
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
with specified requirements; documents are to be provided using the proper Eskom
document numbering requirements
inspection authority (AIA) and Eskom inspection activities defined in terms of witness, hold,
document review, and verification monitoring points and provision for sign-off of each of the
above-mentioned parties for each intervention point
inspectors
applicable), and Eskom prior to commencement of work
and package acceptance test, witness, and hold points
3.4.13 A quality kick-off meeting will be held at the start of the contract and, if required, at the start
of each subsequent phase.
for items or equipment to ensure that all technical and commercial requirements are clear
and understood. Fourteen days’ advance notice of meetings shall be given to Eskom.
and qualified to perform inspection and testing assignments. Mobilisation of all such
personnel shall be in compliance with the Project Quality Personnel Qualification
3.4.14 Where QCP/ ITP is applicable, the supplier shall ensure that sub-suppliers are provided with
comprehensive, clearly written, and unambiguous inspection and testing protocols, including
processes, procedures, and methods that shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
inspected
distribution, and report retention requirements
inspection and test processes, procedures, or methods and nonconformity identified in
inspection and test results
equipment and sub-systems (if applicable)
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.4.15 The supplier shall establish processes and procedures for formal assessment of sub-supplier
inspection and testing programmes. These shall include review of sub-supplier inspection
reports and other quality control documentation. Additional formal assessment of
manufacturing, fabrication, and assembly facility operations shall be conducted by the
supplier to ensure continuing suitability, adequacy, and effectiveness of the sub-supplier’s
inspection and testing programmes. Assessment frequency shall be established in
consideration of the sub-supplier scope of work, criticality of scope of work deliverables, and
performance information. The assessment scope and schedule shall be developed in
consultation with Eskom.
3.4.16 Supplier processes and procedures for verification of supplier and sub-supplier purchased
product compliance with specifications shall obtain document return/review status prior to
implementation.
3.4.17 The objective is to finalise any outstanding procedural or other issues before proceeding to
deliver the works.
3.4.18 Eskom, in consultation with the supplier, develops an agenda for the meeting, and Eskom will
keep minutes of these meetings.
3.4.19 Mandatory pre-inspection meetings will be convened by Eskom or its inspection agency or
AIA to be attended by the supplier’s and sub-supplier’s representatives, including their quality
representatives who will be involved in the works, and records are to be kept.
3.4.20 Eskom reserves the right to appoint resident quality inspectors who can be based at the
supplier’s or sub-supplier’s premises and on site where the work is being performed. The
supplier is expected to provide workspace at no cost to Eskom for the inspector, as required.
3.4.21 Eskom may appoint any organisation it prefers to perform quality assurance and quality
control activities, either in the capacity as an AIA or inspection agency, on the works
contracted to the supplier, and the supplier or its sub-suppliers may not object, prevent,
hinder, undermine, circumvent, question, discredit, or in any way make it impossible for such
organisation to carry out its work on behalf of Eskom.
3.4.22 The Eskom template for QCP/ ITP provided shall be used as guideline, where the supplier
does not have a QCP/ ITP template.
3.5 Pre-Contract Award: Quality Requirement
3.5.1 Main Supplier and Sub-supplier Categories
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
The following are the minimum returnable documentation for Categories 1 to 4:
3.5.2 Category 1: Quality Requirements
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
latest applicable revision). The QMS should drive the supplier’s business management
processes to ensure that all of Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
audit reports. The audit reports must include, if applicable, nonconformity identified, and the
resulting remedial actions (correction and/ or corrective action reports).
described in the tender documents. The plan must address the minimum requirements as per
Iso 10005.
plan (ITP) or quality control plan (QCP) on similar and/ or previous work done.
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes,
The supplier shall submit a copy of documented information for roles, responsibilities and
authorities in relation to the QMS. Examples of relevant documented information are;
organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty statements, manuals, procedures.
meetings that include agenda, meeting minutes, attendance registers, reports, presentations,
etc.
Note: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnable
documents (240-12248652).
3.5.3 Category 2: Quality Requirements
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
that complies with ISO 9001 or any applicable standard of quality management system (the latest
applicable revision). The following documents (approved/ signed copies) shall be submitted:
▪ Quality Management System manual or a documented information that have defines and
describes the QMS and its scope
▪ Quality Policy, aligned with the supplier’s strategic direction (documented information)
▪ Quality Objectives (documented information)
▪ Control of documented information (both maintain and retain documented information )
▪ Internal audit procedure (documented information)
▪ Control of nonconforming outputs (documented information)
▪ Nonconformity and Corrective action procedure (documented information)
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
The QMS should drive all the supplier’s business management processes to ensure that all of
Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
audit reports must include, if applicable, nonconformity identified, and the resulting remedial
actions (correction and/ or corrective action reports).
described in the tender documents. The plan must address the minimum requirements as per
Iso 10005.
quality control plan (QCP) on similar or previous work done.
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes,
The supplier shall submit a copy of documented information for roles, responsibilities and
authorities in relation to the QMS. Examples of relevant documented information are;
organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty statements, manuals, procedures.
meetings that include agenda, meeting minutes, attendance registers, reports, presentations,
etc.
Note: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnable
document (240-12248652).
3.5.4 Category 3: Quality Requirements
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
(or the latest applicable revision). The following documented information (approved/ signed
copies) shall be submitted:
o Quality management system manual or a (documented information) that have
defines and describes the QMS and its scope
o Quality Policy, aligned with the supplier’s strategic direction (documented
information)
o Quality Objectives (documented information)
o Control of documented information (both maintain and retain documented
information )
o Internal audit procedure (documented information)
o Control of nonconforming outputs (documented information)
o Nonconformity and Corrective action procedure (documented information)
The QMS should drive all the supplier’s business management processes to ensure that all of
Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
described in the tender documents. The plan must address the minimum requirements as per
Iso 10005.
quality control plan (QCP).
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes,
The supplier shall submit a copy of documented information for roles, responsibilities and
authorities in relation to the QMS. Examples of relevant documented information are;
organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty statements, manuals, procedures.
NB: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnables
document (240-12248652).
3.5.5 Category 4: Quality Requirements
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
scope of work.
processes to ensure that all of Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
direction). (documented information)
evaluation.
Note: Form A (Enquiry/ Contract/ Quality Requirements for Supplier Quality Management:
Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001) will be used to select and indicate whether
capability and capacity assessment will be conducted.
3.7 Post-Contract Award
3.7.1 Contract Execution
The supplier shall submit the following documents within 30 days or as per stated timeline after the
contract date, prior to the commencement of work, for acceptance by Eskom:
signed off by Eskom within 30 days or as per stated timeline after contract award.
Eskom prior to the commencement of any work, inclusive of subcontracted work, within 30
days or as per stated timeline after contract award.
by Eskom within 30 days or as per stated timeline after the award of the tender. All supplier
and Eskom comments shall be resolved prior to commencing work.
Note: These plans are to be compiled in line with Eskom’s requirements and will have to be
discussed with, and approved by, Eskom prior to any work commencing.
meetings shall be convened by Eskom with the supplier.
manager or his/her representative for the contract.
during contract execution. The content of these reports shall be agreed by Eskom when
submitted to Eskom on a monthly basis.
execution of a contract using agreed key performance indicators. The monitored key performance
areas include the following:
CQP and QCP /ITP
Delivery
Design
Cost
Management system
Nonconformity monitoring
Audit and assessment evaluation scoring
Management system compliance and accreditation
Achievement of delivery targets as per contractual agreements
Process improvements
Correction and corrective action response and closure
3.7.3 Supplier Quality Audit
3.7.3.1 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews are intended to provide an objective
evaluation of compliance with performance expectations defined in this specification, in the
supplier contract quality plan (CQP), and in any other project scope of work specification.
3.7.3.2 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews include, but are not limited to, any
quality or other project functional area audits, assessments, verification of compliance
reviews, surveillance, inspections, or other interim or final assessments of scope of work
deliverables provided by the supplier or sub-suppliers
3.7.3.3 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews are intended to provide an objective
evaluation of compliance with performance expectations defined in this specification, in the
supplier contract quality plan (CQP), and in any other project scope of work specification.
3.7.3.4 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews include, but are not limited to, any
quality or other project functional area audits, assessments, verification of compliance
reviews, surveillance, inspections, or other interim or final assessments of scope of work
deliverables provided by the supplier or sub-suppliers.
3.8.1.1 shall be granted electronic and hard-copy access to all quality plans, procedures,
documentation, and other quality records relating to the work, including, but not limited to,
data extracts;
3.8.1.2 reserves the right to review, inspect, and audit any or all parts of the supplier’s QMS, as well
as any documentation, materials, or equipment associated with the work, at any time or
project work location; and
3.8.1.3 reserves the right to carry out assessments and audits on all new suppliers and sub-
suppliers.
3.8.1.4 shall support Eskom’s effort to monitor, verify, and/or witness any activities associated with
the work at any time;
3.8.1.5 shall cooperate with Eskom requests for documentation, records, and inspection and
witnessing. Eskom participation in audits, appraisals, assessment of plans, and verification
shall be conducted at no extra cost to Eskom;
3.8.1.6 shall ensure that a sub-supplier provides access to Eskom to all work procedures, records,
and supporting documentation through provision of access to view and photocopy, as
required, to support verification of scope of work requirements. Access shall include the
ability to photograph Eskom equipment, systems, system components, materials, etc.;
3.8.1.7 shall provide access to all quality-related information pertaining to activities performed by
itself or sub-suppliers, where Eskom might not have participated in the witnessing of their
quality assurance or control (this refers to inspections, audits, etc. performed by the supplier
on its own sub-suppliers);
3.8.1.8 shall allow Eskom to assess, audit, approve, or reject any sub-suppliers employed by
Eskom’s suppliers to assist with the product and/or service delivery to Eskom; and
3.8.1.9 shall ensure that the above requirements flow down to sub-suppliers.
supplier’s audit schedule.
3.8.2.4 To obtain access to any audit reports of audits performed by the supplier reflected in the
audit programme.
3.8.2.5 To conduct independent quality audits during all phases of the contract, and the supplier
shall provide all resources to support these activities.
3.8.2.6 Eskom shall have the right to participate in, or request that, a technical investigation be
launched and conducted at the supplier’s and sub-suppliers’ premises or other sites when
risk to Eskom products or service deliverables is identified.
3.8.2.7 To participate in, and/or lead, investigations related to incidents involving its products.
3.8.2.8 To require from suppliers to be responsible for the cost of re-inspections.
3.8.2.9 To withhold payment from suppliers as a result of outstanding nonconformities, irrespective
of the agreed payment schedule and in accordance with the conditions of contract.
3.8.2.10 Shall be granted electronic and hard-copy access to all quality plans, procedures,
documentation, and other quality records relating to the work, including, but not limited to,
data extracts.
3.8.2.11 Reserves the right to review, inspect, and audit any or all parts of the supplier’s QMS, as
well as any documentation, materials, or equipment associated with the work, at any time or
project work location.
3.8.2.12 Shall carry out assessments and audits on all new suppliers and sub-suppliers.
3.8.2.13 Reserves the right to appoint resident quality inspectors who can be based at the supplier’s
or sub-supplier’s premises and on site where the work is being performed.
3.8.2.14 Reserves the right to select intervention points within all developed supplier QCPs/ ITPs
for Eskom oversight of selected functions and to perform surveillance or audits of the work.
3.8.2.15 Shall be given access at all reasonable times before, during, and after manufacture and
before delivery, construction, erection, and commissioning to measure, test, and inspect the
products and workmanship, as necessary, at the supplier’s premises and at Eskom sites.
3.8.2.16 Reserves the right to suspend any pending deliveries by the issuing of a cease delivery
order at any time and for any portion of the work that is not being performed in accordance
with the specified/agreed requirements.
plans, processes, procedures and actions undertaken for the purpose of planning for and
maintenance of material deliverables quality. The supplier preservation programme scope includes,
but is not limited to, the following:
3.8.3.1 Engagement of personnel suitably qualified for oversight of, and (as required) direct
implementation of, preservation programme requirements.
3.8.3.2 Development and implementation of preservation programme training appropriate to work
need.
3.8.3.3 Eskom may make use of its appointed service provider tasked to provide a full suite of
services encompassing an online monitoring system and asset tracking during, but not
limited to the following stages: inspections, testing, shipping, transportation, storage, and
commissioning. The supplier is to enable full access during all of these stages in order to
allow the installation of the devices on Eskom-identified products and equipment, which
include the sub-supplier’s testing facilities, processing plant, and any other processes
deemed important towards effective and efficient quality control.
3.8.3.4 Eskom seeks cooperation between the supplier’s designers and those of Eskom’s service
provider in ensuring seamless installation of the device and other associated installations.
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
substrates, or support required to ensure in-storage and in-transit stability of
systems, system components, equipment, and material, or other discrete units or
items;
transmittal of contaminants between work areas or between work areas and storage
areas, for example, prevention of carbon steel grinding or cutting debris impact on
stainless steel elements, airborne drift of blast aggregate into vessels or machinery,
etc.;
required supports and related binding devices, for example, stools, stands, sea
fasteners, platforms, chocks, spacers, cabling, etc.;
required to ensure provision of preservation services, for example, provision of a
self-elevating work platform for periodic access to elevated fittings, gauges, man-
ways, etc.;
example, padding or other protection for external tubing, fittings, or other impact-
sensitive structures or components;
by hard and soft barriers, as required, to maintain a protective perimeter;
management regarding security management, including, but not limited to, facility
access and egress control and control of access to project goods and materials
within facility boundaries or aboard vehicles or vessels; and
procedures and to provide for timely notice and corrective action to maintain
preservation status.
3.8.3.18 The supplier’s preservation management programme scope shall encompass
management of preservation requirements, from initial transfer of ownership or management
responsibility to project scope of responsibility, through any period of temporary or longer-
term storage and through any period of transit, including transit for final delivery at point of
active use or installation.
3.8.3.19 The supplier’s preservation management programme shall clearly and unambiguously
address processes and procedures to ensure that storage and control of materials are
accomplished in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, specifications, and
project-specific requirements.
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.4 Quality Audits Related Conditions
3.8.4.1 The supplier shall maintain an accurate quality audit and related quality performance review
schedule and shall incorporate the current schedule as an attachment to the supplier CQP.
3.8.4.2 The supplier’s quality audit and related quality performance review schedule development
process shall be designed to incorporate consideration of information generated by
previously conducted audits and reviews, by input from project risk management evaluations
(risk register), or from Eskom or sub-supplier subject matter expertise.
3.8.4.3 Eskom reserves the right to oversee supplier audit programmes by participating in selected
audits as an observer and by assessing the supplier during key work stages. Eskom will
coordinate with the supplier to develop an oversight schedule aligned with the supplier’s
audit schedule.
3.8.4.4 Eskom will have the right to obtain access to any audit reports of audits performed by the
supplier reflected in the audit programme.
3.8.4.5 Eskom reserves the right to conduct independent quality audits, scheduled and
unscheduled, during all phases of the contract. The supplier shall provide all resources to
support these activities.
3.8.4.6 Eskom shall be given access at all reasonable times before, during, and after manufacture
and before delivery, construction, erection, and commissioning to measure, test, and inspect
the products and workmanship, as necessary, at the supplier’s premises and at Eskom sites.
3.8.4.7 The supplier shall obtain access for Eskom to measure, test, witness tests, and inspect
products that are being manufactured by any sub-supplier. This includes surveillances.
3.8.4.8 The assessments and audits shall be carried out on all new suppliers and their sub-
suppliers.
3.8.4.9 Eskom shall have the right to participate in, or request that, a technical investigation be
launched and conducted at the supplier’s and sub-suppliers’ premises or other sites when
risk to Eskom products or service deliverables is identified.
3.8.4.10 Qualification requirements for supplier and sub-supplier personnel engaged in conducting
quality audits and related quality performance reviews shall be defined in the supplier CQP
and shall be in compliance with the Project Quality Personnel Qualification Specification.
3.8.5 Management of Nonconformities and Nonconforming Outputs Identified by Eskom
3.8.5.1 Nonconformity reports raised by Eskom and issued against the supplier shall be investigated
by the supplier as a matter of urgency in order to determine the root cause, corrective action
measures, as required, with implementation time frames.
3.8.5.2 A formal response shall be prepared in respect of the defined criteria and submitted to
Eskom for its review, evaluation, and acceptance, within a maximum of 14 calendar days
from the date of issue of the nonconformity and should be aligned with the site
requirements/procedure.
3.8.5.3 Eskom may, at its discretion, request a response sooner and, in any case, before the
supplier proceeding with any pending/further intervention or corrective action, as may be
required by Eskom.
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.5.4 Should Eskom or its inspection authority/agency identify any nonconforming products during
the conduct of its audits/surveillances/inspections, the supplier shall be deemed to be in
breach of contract and shall be held liable for any repair, rework, and/or associated
replacement costs. The supplier may, in such instances, also be held liable for the full costs
associated with the conducting of follow-up audits/surveillances/inspections.
3.8.5.5 The nature, magnitude, and/or frequency of nonconformity and inspection defect/rejection
reports raised by Eskom or its appointed inspection authority/agency shall form the basis of
any action to rescind/withdraw the supplier’s qualification status.
3.8.5.6 Nonconforming outputs identified by Eskom shall be documented via a NC Report and
issued to the suppliers via the contract communication protocol. The suppliers shall
investigate the matter and respond in writing to Eskom of disposition within the stated
contractual conditions.
Note: The dates for the disposition should align to contractual conditions.
3.8.5.7 Eskom shall identify repeat deficiencies as systematic failures of the supplier’s QMS and
shall notify the supplier of the trends. Eskom can initiate an internal audit to highlight the
system failures. The supplier with raise a Corrective Action Report and undertake Root
scope of work for the provision of the following special process services:
3.8.6.1 The supplier shall ensure that all processes which require that procedures be pre-qualified
or work methods and operators tested and qualified are controlled and all steps followed
before the work can commence.
3.8.6.2 This typically covers such activities as welding, non-destructive testing, special fabrication
techniques, coating, painting, etc.
3.8.6.3 All special processes (procedures and processes) shall be submitted for review and
acceptance by Eskom, accredited or certified agency. No work shall commence until these
are accepted.
3.8.6.4 Where applicable, a relevant Management System for the special process shall be certified
or approved by an accredited body and proof of certification shall be submitted to Eskom for
review. An example for this will be the Welding Management System based on ISO 3834.
3.8.6.5 Where samples are required for acceptance, these shall be submitted to Eskom for review
and acceptance.
General Manager: Risk and Sustainability
Acting Senior Manager: Quality Management
Middle Manager: Quality Assurance
Middle Manager: SHEQ Procurement and Supply Chain Management
Senior Advisor: Quality Performance and Planning
Middle Manager: Eskom Document and Records Management
October 2021 3 SA Sambo Specification was due for revision and in addition, to
align the requirements with the latest Eskom business
processes and systems.
October 2018 2 SA Sambo Specification reviewed to be aligned with the
requirements of ISO 9001:2015
March 2016 1 SA Sambo Specification was due for revision and also to
repackage the requirements and tender returnable
documents into four categories.
December 2011 0 A Hunter New document
Pricing Schedule
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier QM Spec Rev 3-QM 58.pdf (unknown)but may not be limited to these.
2.3.13 Primary Plant (Power Plant): primary plant include High Voltage equipment situated inside
the control room (breakers, bus-bars, CT’s, VT’s and transformers).
2.3.14 Secondary Plant (Control Plant): secondary plant includes all equipment used to control
and protect the HV equipment on the primary plant side. (Protection, metering, AC/DC and
tele-control).
2.3.15 Special Process: is any production or service process which generates products or services
which cannot be measured, monitored, or verified prior to delivery and use.
2.3.16 Supplier: is a current or potential supplier, vendor, contractor, consultant, or service provider.
Financial Requirements
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier QM Spec Rev 3-QM 58.pdf (unknown)No specific financial requirements (e.g., pricing, guarantees, financial statements) are stated in the provided text.
Compliance Requirements
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier QM Spec Rev 3-QM 58.pdf (unknown)No specific requirements found
B-BBEE Minimum Level: 1
B-BBEE Details: e responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
[6] ISO 9004 Quality Management – Quality of an Organisation – Guidance to Achieve Sustained
Success
[7] 32-1033: Eskom’s Procurement and Supply Chain Management Policy
[8] 32-1034: Eskom’s Procurement and Supply Chain Management Procedure
[9] PPPFA: Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act, 2000 (Act No. )
[10] CIDB 1004: Best Practice Guideline A4: Evaluating Quality in Tender Submissions
[11] 240-12248652 Supplier Quality Management: List of Tender Returnables
[12] IAEA Safety Standard GS-R-3.1 Application of the Management System for Facilities and
Activities
[13] SANS 10845-1 Construction Procurement Part1: Processes, Methods and Procedures
2.3 Definitions
The vocabulary of ISO 9000 and the following definitions apply in the application of this specification.
2.3.1 Component: a constituent part of the product or sub-assembly of the product. The product
may comprise multiple individual components
2.3.2 Contract Quality Plan: a document of the supplier’s process for delivering the level of quality
required by the contract. It is a framework for the contractor’s process for delivering quality.
Purpose of a CQP is to outline how the results defined in the specifications will be achieved.
2.3.3 Hold Point: a predetermined stage in the quality control plan (QCP) beyond which work/
manufacturing shall not proceed without the attendance of, and written authorisation of, an
Eskom representative or Eskom i
Contractual Terms
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier QM Spec Rev 3-QM 58.pdf (unknown)Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.3.20 The supplier’s preservation management programme shall incorporate special precautions
to address preservation and control of valves, electrical motors and components,
mechanical and rotating equipment, piping and fittings, instrumentation, flange faces,
gaskets, coatings, insulation, and other materials. Special precautions include, but are not
limited to, supplier-specified maintenance procedures related to engines, electric motors,
pumps, compressors, etc., such as periodic shaft rotation, engine turnover, lubrication, etc.
3.8.3.21 The supplier shall ensure that clear and unambiguous requirements for preservation of the
system, system components, equipment, materials, and other procured goods are clearly
and unambiguously documented in purchase orders, work authorisations, and other
communications between the supplier and sub-suppliers.
3.8.3.22 Where sub-supplier expertise is utilised in determination of the preservation protocol,
supplier procurement processes shall ensure clear and unambiguous documentation of sub-
supplier input into preservation management programme requirements.
3.8.3.23 Supplier procurement shall ensure that preservation requirements for scope of work
systems, system components, equipment, materials, and other procured goods are clearly
and unambiguously documented and that preservation requirements are efficiently and
effectively communicated to project logistics, construction management, quality, security,
and other project functional areas, as required, for efficient and effective implementation of
preservation requirements.
3.8.3.24 The supplier shall ensure comprehensive, clear, and unambiguous designation of sub-
supplier responsibility for execution of all preservation management programme elements,
including, but not limited to, all systems, processes, procedures, methods, ready access to
records, and provision of equipment, tools, or services essential to efficient and effective
execution of the preservation management programme.
3.8.3.25 The supplier shall ensure that preservation management programme responsibilities are
clearly and unambiguously defined within the project team and efficiently and effectively
implemented at all project scope of work locations. Inclusion of supplier and sub-supplier
scope of work in the development and implementation of a preservation management
programme shall be considered essential to efficient and effective preservation
management programme execution.
3.8.3.26 The supplier shall ensure clear and unambiguous designation of project team responsibility
for oversight and management of preservation management programme elements during
every stage of project development.
3.8.3.27 The supplier shall ensure that Eskom has free and unrestricted access to all preservation
records for inspection and audit.
Section
Source: 240-105658000 Supplier QM Spec Rev 3-QM 58.pdf (unknown)No additional evaluation criteria are provided beyond the requirement to submit quality documentation as per the selected category. The List of Tender Returnables (240-12248652) will specify which documents are required for evaluation.
Description
Source: 240-68099512 Form A_Cat 4_ Rev 9.docx (unknown)The tender is for surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring at Kusile Power Station for a period of five (5) years. The tenderer must complete and sign the form to acknowledge and accept Eskom Supplier Quality Requirements as per 240-105658000 Specification and ISO 9001 Standard.
Important Dates
Source: 240-68099512 Form A_Cat 4_ Rev 9.docx (unknown)Closing date and time are as per the tender record. No other dates (briefings, site visits, clarification deadlines) are stated in the provided document.
Contact Information
Source: 240-68099512 Form A_Cat 4_ Rev 9.docx (unknown)No specific contact information (SCM or technical) is stated in the provided document.
Submission Guidelines
Source: 240-68099512 Form A_Cat 4_ Rev 9.docx (unknown)Submission must be made through Eskom's tender box or electronic portal as specified in the tender documentation. The completed and signed acknowledgement form for Eskom Supplier Quality Requirements (240-105658000 Specification and ISO 9001 Standard) must be returned with the bid. Bidders must complete and sign all returnable forms as listed in the tender document.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-68099512 Form A_Cat 4_ Rev 9.docx (unknown)Evaluation will follow Eskom's standard tender evaluation process, including pre-contract award quality requirements. Bidders must indicate acceptance of Eskom Supplier Quality Requirements as per 240-105658000 Specification and ISO 9001 Standard. The tender document includes clauses referencing ISO 9001 principles (e.g., customer focus, leadership) which bidders must acknowledge as applicable or not applicable.
Technical Specifications
Source: 240-68099512 Form A_Cat 4_ Rev 9.docx (unknown)The scope is surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring at Kusile Power Station for a period of five (5) years. The tenderer must complete and sign the form to acknowledge and accept Eskom Supplier Quality Requirements as per 240-105658000 Specification and ISO 9001 Standard. The tender includes Section B (Eskom) clauses on pre-contract award quality requirements, with categories to be selected (refer to clause 3.5.2 of 240-105658000). Site assessment applicability must be indicated. Post-contract award and special processes are referenced (clause 3.8.6 of 240-105658000). ISO 9001 standard principles (e.g., customer focus, leadership) are listed for bidders to indicate applicability.
Financial Requirements
Source: 240-68099512 Form A_Cat 4_ Rev 9.docx (unknown)No specific financial requirements (pricing format, bonds, guarantees, payment terms, financial capacity thresholds) are stated in the provided document.
Compliance Requirements
Source: 240-68099512 Form A_Cat 4_ Rev 9.docx (unknown)Bidders must complete and sign the acknowledgement form for Eskom Supplier Quality Requirements as per 240-105658000 Specification and ISO 9001 Standard. Bidders must indicate acceptance of ISO 9001 standard principles as applicable or not applicable. No other compliance requirements (CSD, tax, B-BBEE, CIDB, CIPC) are stated in the provided document.
Submission Guidelines
Source: Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd - Kusile Power Station WUL Amendments and Consolidation.pdf (unknown)Bids must be submitted by the closing date and time. The required returnable documents must be completed and signed. The specific submission address and format are not stated in the available text.
Technical Specifications
Source: Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd - Kusile Power Station WUL Amendments and Consolidation.pdf (unknown)The scope covers surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring at Kusile Power Station for a period of five (5) years.
Compliance Requirements
Source: Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd - Kusile Power Station WUL Amendments and Consolidation.pdf (unknown)Insufficient searchable text - AI extraction recommended.
Description
Source: Groundwater Governance Standard (002).pdf (unknown)This standard sets out Eskom's requirements for groundwater governance. It covers the purpose, normative references, definitions, and detailed guidelines for key groundwater management aspects (Sections 3.1 to 3.13). It emphasises a risk-based approach using the source-pathway-receptor model and requires a quantitative risk assessment in specified circumstances, such as where ecosystem protection is the principal beneficial use.
Important Dates
Source: Groundwater Governance Standard (002).pdf (unknown){"closingDate":"31 January 2025"}
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Groundwater Governance Standard (002).pdf (unknown)Bidders must comply with Eskom's Groundwater Governance Standard and relevant legislation including the National Water Act and NEMA. SACNASP registration for groundwater professionals is required for site characterisation. No other specific eligibility criteria (e.g., CSD registration, B-BBEE level, CIDB grading) are stated in the provided document.
Technical Specifications
Source: Groundwater Governance Standard (002).pdf (unknown)The objective of this document is to provide a standard on how to minimise and manage the
potential impact of Eskom operations on groundwater systems. The groundwater governance
standard is a document which provides requirements that are mandatory for the business to
implement to ensure compliance with the National Water Act, groundwater related legislation,
licenses and regulations.
Section 24 of the Constitution provides that everyone has the right to a healthy environment, and
the right to have the environment protected from pollution and ecological degradation, which
promotes conservation and secures ecologically sustainable development.
Section 28 duty of care under the National Environmental Management Act (NEMA) requires every
person who causes, has caused or may cause significant pollution or degradation of the
environment to take reasonable measures to prevent such pollution or degradation from occurring,
continuing or recurring, or, in so far as such harm to the environmental is authorised by law or
cannot reasonably be avoided or stopped, to minimise and rectify such pollution and degradation
of the environment. "Reasonable measures" include measures to: investigate, assess and evaluate
the impact on the environment; cease, modify or control any act causing pollution or degradation
and remedying the effects of pollution or degradation.
Therefore, whether a site has a water use license or not it is imperative that operations and
projects that may have an impact on groundwater are known, the extent of the risk is understood
and managed accordingly.
1.1 Overview of the Groundwater Governance Guidelines
A Generic Groundwater Management Framework (in the form of a flow diagram) guides the users
through the process of developing a sound groundwater monitoring programme (see Figure 1). An
explanation of the various steps in the framework is presented in Section 2. Detailed technical
guidance is provided on the following groundwater management elements:
Groundwater Site Characterisation (GWG01);
Geophysical Survey Guideline (GWG02);
Borehole Drilling Construction and Design (GWG03);
Aquifer Testing (GWG04);
Groundwater Monitoring (GWG05a);
Groundwater Sampling (GWG05b);
Aquifer Vulnerability Assessment (GWG06);
Hydrocensus (GWG07);
Conceptual Site Model (GWG08);
Numerical/Analytical/Risk-based Groundwater Modelling (GWG09);
Risk Assessment (GWG10);
Pollution Source Management (GWG11); and
Groundwater Remediation (GWG12).
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Groundwater Governance Standard Unique Identifier: 240-85697643
Revision: 1
Page:
Eskom sites must use the guidance provided in the document to enhance their understanding of
groundwater risks associated with their sites and develop a site-specific groundwater monitoring
plan corresponding to that risk.
2.1 Scope
Technical guidance is provided for implementing a two-phased groundwater protection
programme:
The first phase consists of evaluations to determine the risk of groundwater pollution
posed by systems, structures, components, or work practices at Eskom sites. This
evaluation process enables sites to prioritise appropriate mitigation actions to reduce
this risk.
The second phase of the programme guides implementing a comprehensive
groundwater monitoring programme (if it is warranted).
The guidelines inform the sites of the risk of groundwater pollution with detailed recommendations
for developing a site conceptual model, installing monitoring wells and analysing, and interpreting
and storage of data/information. If a more detailed understanding of the site hydrogeology is
required, the guidelines describe several tools and methods for consideration.
2.1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to guide Eskom sites for responsible and effective groundwater
resource management within the context of the relevant regulatory requirements. The groundwater
governance standard is an overarching document that seeks to define the essential management
and technical elements required to implement sound groundwater management practices.
2.1.2 Applicability
This document shall apply throughout Eskom Holdings SOC Limited, subsidiaries, and entities in
which Eskom has a controlling interest or influence.
2.2 Normative/Informative references
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the
following paragraphs.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Groundwater Governance Standard Unique Identifier: 240-85697643
Revision: 1
Page:
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 14001 Environmental Management Systems
[2] Eskom SHEQ Policy (32-727)
[3] Eskom Holdings Environmental Management Strategy (240-82410629)
[4] Eskom Water Management Policy (32-1163)
2.2.2 Informative
[5] EPRI, 2008. Groundwater Protection Guidelines for Nuclear Power Plants: Public Edition.
Palo Alto, CA: 1016099
[6] National Water Act
[7] National Environmental Management: Waste Act
[8] Department of Water Affairs and Forestry, 2008. Policy and Strategy for Groundwater Quality
Management in South Africa. First Edition
[9] Department of Water Affairs and Forestry, 1998. Minimum Requirements for Water
Monitoring at Waste Management Facilities, Second Edition
2.3 Definitions
Active remediation: Human intervention to remediate contamination such as pump and
treatment of groundwater.
Aquifer: A geological formation with structures or textures that hold water or permit
appreciable water movement through them. Source: National Water Act .
Aquifer classification: Classification based on geology and/or primary/secondary porosity
and the aquifer’s importance in yield and water quality.
Aquifer test: A test to determine hydrological properties of the aquifer involving the
withdrawal of measured quantities of water from or the addition of water to a well and the
measurement of resulting changes in the head of the aquifer, both during and after the
period of discharge or additions.
Aquifer vulnerability: Tendency or likelihood that contamination will reach a specified
position in the groundwater system after introduction at some location above the uppermost
aquifer.
Borehole: Includes a well, excavation, or any other artificially constructed or improved
underground cavity that can be used to intercept, collect, or store water in or remove water
from an aquifer, for observing and collecting data and information on water in an aquifer, or
for recharging an aquifer. Source: National Water Act .
Compliance monitoring: Monitoring is done in compliance with permit conditions.
Conceptual site model: A descriptive representation of a groundwater system that
incorporates an interpretation of the geological and hydrological conditions. It consolidates
the current understanding of the key processes of the groundwater system, including the
influence of stresses, details the gaps in the existing knowledge base, and assists in
understanding possible future changes.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Groundwater Governance Standard Unique Identifier: 240-85697643
Revision: 1
Page:
Confining layer: A body of material of low hydraulic conductivity that is stratigraphically
adjacent to one or more aquifers. It may lie above or below the aquifer.
Contamination: Substances that make water impure and unfit for consumption or an
intended use and can cause harm to human health or the environment. Contaminants can
occur naturally or be caused by humans.
Contamination source: All wastes or products stored on a temporary or permanent basis
that could affect surface or groundwater quality by leaching into or coming in contact with
water.
Data interpretation: The analysis of data to obtain information concerning the groundwater
system, which in turn can be used to manage/remediate the system.
Data management: The effective use of data while ensuring its integrity and providing a
centralised repository for storage.
Dose-response models: Mathematical expressions fitted to scientific data that characterise
the relationship between dose and response. Mathematical models consist of three basic
components: 1) assumptions used to derive the model, 2) a functional form for the model,
and 3) parameters that are components of the functional form.
Groundwater: Water found in the subsurface in the saturated zone below the water table.
Groundwater flow: The movement of water through openings in sediment and rock that
occurs in the zone of saturation in the direction of the hydraulic gradient.
Groundwater modelling: Numerical representation of a groundwater flow system that
attempts to mimic the natural processes in nature. It is a simplified version of a natural
system, compiled with geological, hydrogeological, hydrological, and meteorological data,
which utilises a governing equation to incorporate all this data to simulate the hydraulic
properties of the groundwater system.
Groundwater remediation: The interim or permanent elimination through mitigation or
reduction of contaminants that pose human health consequences or threats to the
environment.
Groundwater risk: An understanding of the generation of the groundwater hazard, the
probability that the hazard will occur and the consequences if it should occur, that is,
understanding of the complete cause-and-effect cycle.
Hydrogeology: The study of the interrelationships of geologic materials and processes with
water, especially groundwater.
Impact assessment: A formal process used to predict the environmental consequences
(positive or negative) of a plan, policy, programme, or project before the implementation
decision. It proposes measures to adjust effects to acceptable levels or investigate new
technological solutions.
Monitoring: The regular or routine collection of groundwater data (for example, water levels,
water quality, and water use) to provide a record of the aquifer response over time.
Monitoring network: A network that contains monitoring positions that can be used to
assess the groundwater status in certain areas.
Pathway: A route or means by which a receptor can be exposed to, or affected by, a
contaminant.
Plume: An underground pattern of contaminant concentrations in groundwater created by the
movement of groundwater beneath a contaminant source. Contaminants mostly spread
laterally in the direction of groundwater movement. The source site has the highest
concentration, and the concentration decreases away from the source.
Point source pollution: A single identifiable source of pollution.
Pollution source management: Prevention or minimising pollution through applying
appropriate assessment techniques, the application of appropriate design, and the ongoing
and effective management and re-evaluation of the installed pollution-prevention measures.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Groundwater Governance Standard Unique Identifier: 240-85697643
Revision: 1
Page:
Recharge borehole: A borehole specifically designed to be pumped into an aquifer to
recharge the groundwater reservoir.
Risk assessment: The process or method of determining if an activity (human or natural) will
harm human health or the environment. Therefore, risk assessment is a decision-making tool
for prioritising actions, reducing expenditure, and setting management targets for
environmental protection.
For other technical terms used in Section 3 of this document, please refer to the following website
for a detailed explanation: http://www.dwaf.gov.za/Groundwater/GroundwaterDictionary.
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Explanation
BU business unit
CSM conceptual site model
DWS Department of Water and Sanitation
DEA Department of Environmental Affairs
DFFE Department of Forestry, Fishery and the Environment
GMF Groundwater Management Framework
GGG Groundwater Governance Guideline
ISO International Organisation for Standardization
NWA National Water Act
NWRS 2 National Water Resource Strategy 2
2.5 Roles and responsibilities
The site managers are accountable to ensure that this standard is adhered to on the individual
sites.
The environmental managers at or for Eskom sites shall be responsible for the implementation
of this standard and for ensuring that the requirements are met.
The water portfolio holder within the Risk and Sustainability Division is the custodian of this
standard and shall be responsible for periodic review and updating in consultation with the
applicable Eskom Divisions and subsidiaries.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Groundwater Governance Standard Unique Identifier: 240-85697643
Revision: 1
Page:
2.6 Process for monitoring
Groundwater reviews will be conducted through level 1 and 2 assurance plans on a sample of sites
and components of the standard to ensure compliance with the standard and other groundwaterrelated regulatory requirements.
2.7 Related/Supporting documents
None.
Figure 1 presents a groundwater management framework in the form of a flow diagram. The flow
diagram details the key elements to be considered in developing a sound groundwater
management system. Table 1 provides a descriptive narrative of the groundwater management
framework. Reference is made in the framework to the applicable groundwater management
guidelines. Details of the guidelines for each of the key groundwater management aspects are
provided in Sections 3.1 to 3.13.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Groundwater Governance Standard Unique Identifier: 240-85697643
Revision: 1
Page:
Groundwater Management Framework
a) Implement Groundwater Management Framework u) Changes to
activities,
products and
g) Conduct services
preliminary/ (MOC)
Y N c) Conduct site b) Site characterization detailed risk
h) Significant
characterisation and conducted and conceptual model assessment
groundwater risk Y investigation (GWG01) available (groundwater
quantity and t) EMS incident
quality) GWG10 reporting
N (ems)
d) First Phase: Preliminary assessment to
obtain general site information:
Operation drilling of boreholes)
GWG05a m) Establish Maintenance
numerical Review (GWG11)
e) Second Phase: (GWG01) groundwater
Assessment to determine aquifer model
characteristics: (GWG09)
boreholes (GWG03) sampling and
(hydrocensus) GWG07 k) Data interpretation
(monitoring) (GWG05a and GWG05b) groundwater Y N
− Potential effects of contaminants (GWG09 sampling and
and GWG10).
analyses r) Remediation successful?
(GWG05b)
s) Continue monitoring till
directive/regulatory duration
conditions are met (GWG05b)
v) Groundwater - regulatory and other compliance obligations (GROUNDWATER LEGAL TECHNICAL SUPPORTING DOCUMENT)
Figure 1: Groundwater Management Framework Flow Diagram
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Groundwater Governance Standard Unique Identifier: 240-85697643
Revision: 1
Page:
Table 1: Simplified descriptive narrative of the groundwater management framework
GMF flow diagram Task/Decision/ Guideline reference Description
reference Input
The developed Groundwater Management
a) Implement a Task Framework (GMF) flow diagram defines the
groundwater essential management activities and
management technical elements required to implement
framework sound groundwater management practices.
Determine whether a site characterisation
b) Site Decision Groundwater Site and subsequent conceptual model has been
characterisation Characterisation completed. If yes (and the quality of the site
conducted and Guideline (GWG01). characterisation and conceptual model is
conceptual model adequate), continue to g). Conceptual Siteavailable
Model Guideline If no, continue to c).
(Gwg08).
c) Conduct site Task Groundwater Site All hydrogeological studies require an initial
characterisation Characterisation conceptual model that captures the
and investigation Guideline (GWG01). understanding of the hydrological system.
Existing knowledge is used to develop a
conceptual understanding of the
groundwater system. The design of
subsequent information gathering is based
on the initial conceptual model, and
information gathered during further
investigation is used to refine the conceptual
model. Both phases d) and e) should be
completed where the need for groundwater
monitoring has been established by
regulatory obligations, water use licence
(WUL), etc.
d) First phase: Task Groundwater Site The preliminary assessment is required to
Preliminary Characterisation obtain general site information:
assessment Guideline (GWG01). Site location, size, and boundaries;
Conceptual Site Climate (rainfall, evaporation, etc.);
Model Guideline Topography;
(GWG08). Regional geology;
Site-specific geology;
Soil types;
Hydrographical characteristics;
Current, previous, and potential land
and water use for the site and
nearby areas; and
Site history (previous owners,
activities, associated contaminants,
etc.).
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Groundwater Governance Standard Unique Identifier: 240-85697643
Revision: 1
Page:
GMF flow diagram Task/Decision/ Guideline reference Description
reference Input
All relevant, existing information is identified,
and key texts should be reviewed. Central to
the hydrogeological study is identifying
boreholes in the area and all users and uses
that could be impacted. The National
Groundwater Archive, GRIP, and WARMS of
Department of Water and Sanitation (DWS)
are good starting points to identify boreholes,
but databases may not be up to date or may
contain incorrect information.
e) Second phase: Task Groundwater Site Field studies are used to characterise the
Assessment to Characterisation subsurface environment. The conceptual
define the spatial Guideline (GWG01). model of the study area will help identify
extent and risk of issues that require improved understanding,
Geophysical Surveygroundwater while the conceptual understanding of the
Guideline (GWG02).impact to human mechanism by which impact occurs will help
health, etc. Borehole Drilling to prioritise issues to be clarified. Activities
Construction and include:
Design Guideline Geophysical survey;
(GWG03). Design, construction, and drilling of
Aquifer Testing boreholes;
Aquifer testing; Guideline (GWG04).
Groundwater sampling, and
Groundwater analysis;
Monitoring Guideline Aquifer vulnerability assessment;
(GWG05a). Hydrocensus;
Extent and concentrations of
Groundwater contaminants (monitoring); and
Sampling Guideline The potential effect of contaminants.
(GWG05b).
Aquifer Vulnerability
The backbone of any groundwater management system is a groundwater site characterisation.
Before any groundwater problem can be identified or assessed, a site characterisation of the area
under question is required. The outcome of the site characterisation will assist in planning and
prioritising the appropriate groundwater investigations required and the budget that must be
allocated.
The purpose of this part of the guideline is to ensure that there are clearly defined process controls
in place to assist Eskom personnel unfamiliar with hydrogeology to evaluate a basic groundwater
site characterisation process.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Groundwater Governance Standard Unique Identifier: 240-85697643
Revision: 1
Page:
Site characterisation process
A groundwater site characterisation must consider ecological, hydrological, geohydrological, social,
climatic, and economic factors. It should be noted that the application of this methodology will vary
because of the scale and/or spatial intensity of the operation.
SACNASP-registered groundwater professionals should do a preliminary assessment to assist
Eskom in evaluating the potential groundwater impact of the site (for example, Megawatt Park vs
power station). If a potential for impact is found in the preliminary phase, a definition of the
objectives and scope of elements to be detailed in the groundwater impact phase should be
considered, given the groundwater situation and budgetary constraints of Eskom. A site
characterisation should include, but not be limited to, the following elements:
A: Selecting the appropriate approach
The issues that are typically associated with hydrogeological investigations are detailed below.
Although diverse issues are listed, the basic approach to understanding the associated
hydrogeological implications would be similar. Key elements of an approach to hydrogeological
inputs are presented in Table 2 below. Not all of the steps listed will be required in all instances,
especially where the significance and likelihood of impact on the groundwater environment are
small or where there is a good understanding of the groundwater system. In addition, please note
that this is not a linear approach, as some steps may overlap.
Table 2: Key elements of an integrated approach to a groundwater site characterisation process
Phase Guideline Description
Initial/Conceptual Groundwater Site All hydrogeological studies require an initial
planning Characterisation conceptual model that captures the
(GWG01): Preliminary understanding of the hydrological system.
assessment of the Existing knowledge is used to develop a
presence or absence of conceptual understanding of the groundwater
groundwater impact. system. The design of subsequent information
gathering is based on the initial conceptual
Aquifer Vulnerability model, and information gathered during further
Assessment (GWG06). investigation is used to refine the conceptual
Conceptual Site Model model.
Guideline (GWG08).
Reconnaissance Groundwater Site All relevant, existing information is identified and
and information Characterisation key texts reviewed. Central to the hydrogeological
review (GWG01): Preliminary study is identifying boreholes in the area and all
assessment of the users and uses that could be impacted. The
presence or absence of National Groundwater Archive, GRIP, and
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Groundwater Governance Standard Unique Identifier: 240-85697643
Revision: 1
Page:
Phase Guideline Description
groundwater impact. WARMS of DWS provide a good starting point to
identify boreholes but are insufficient. Databases
Aquifer Vulnerability
may not be up to date or may contain incorrect
Assessment (GWG06).
information. A hydrocensus is also an appropriate
Hydrocensus Guideline way to collect information on groundwater
(GWG07). occurrence, quality, and use in an area.
Conceptual Site Model
Guideline (GWG08.)
Field studies Groundwater Site Field studies are used to characterise the
Characterisation subsurface environment. The conceptual model
Guideline (GWG01): of the study area will help identify issues that
Assessment to define the require improved understanding, while the
spatial extent and risk of conceptual understanding of the mechanism by
groundwater impact on which impact occurs will help to prioritise issues
human health or the to be clarified. Approaches include water quality
environment. testing, water level and spring flow measurement,
borehole drilling, aquifer tests, and geophysics.
Geophysical Survey
Guideline (GWG02).
Borehole Drilling
Construction and Design
Guideline (GWG03).
Aquifer Testing Guideline
(Gwg04).
Groundwater Monitoring
Guideline (GWG05a).
Hydrocensus Guideline
(Gwg07).
Analysis Conceptual Site Model The information gathered during the field study
Guideline (GWG08). phase will be analysed, and the results will refine
the initial conceptual model. The validity of the
Numerical/Analytical/Risk- analysis results may be tested through numerical
based Groundwater flow or transport modelling. Results of the data
Modelling Guideline gathering and hydrocensus or monitoring will
(GWG09). serve to calibrate these models.
Refined model Numerical/Analytical/Risk- Based on the information gathered during the
based Groundwater previous steps, a refined model of the system
Modelling Guideline (and its linkages) is generated. This may take the
(GWG09). form of a calibrated numerical model. This
updated model is then used to assess the
Risk Assessment potential impacts of groundwater associated with
Guideline (GWG10). the proposed operation.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Groundwater Governance Standard Unique Identifier: 240-85697643
Revision: 1
Page:
Phase Guideline Description
Risk assessment Numerical/Analytical/Risk- Ecosystem protection is the principal beneficial
based Groundwater use, and harm to water resource/ecosystem may
Modelling Guideline occur.
(GWG09). The beneficial uses of the groundwater are for a
Risk Assessment potable water supply, and harm to a water user
Guideline (GWG10). may occur.
Pollution source Pollution Source The core of integrated water management at
management Management Guideline Eskom operations should be, in the first instance,
(GWG11). to seek to implement pollution-prevention
measures optimally. If these measures do not
address all the water management issues, the
operation should develop and implement
appropriate water reuse and reclamation
strategies. These strategies may include a
greater or lesser degree of water treatment to
render the water suitable for reuse. If there is still
a residual water management problem, then the
operation could evaluate and negotiate options
with regulators for the discharge of such water to
the water resource.
Remediation Groundwater If pollution source management has failed to
Remediation Guideline prevent or negate the effects of significant risks to
(GWG12). human health and the ecosystem through a risk
assessment, the remediation process can be
embarked upon in consultation with regulators.
B: First phase: Preliminary assessment of the presence or absence of groundwater impact
The preliminary assessment can usually be done via a detailed desktop study. The desktop study
would entail collating, scrutinising, and evaluating available and relevant meteorological, geographical, geological, hydrogeological, and groundwater quality data. Once the desktop study has
been undertaken, the level of input required for further assessment and/or the planning phases can
be determined based on the potential impact. Three broad categories of groundwater-related
impacts are recognised:
Where effluent or chemicals with the potential to change groundwater quality are handled
as part of the operation or discharged into the environment because of the project;
Where the volume of groundwater in storage or entering groundwater storage is changed;
and
Where the groundwater flow regime is changed.
Should none of the above be relevant, it may be concluded that groundwater impacts are not
applicable, and no further groundwater work is required.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Groundwater Governance Standard Unique Identifier: 240-85697643
Revision: 1
Page:
For example, for a development that falls in the first of these categories, where the concern is
around the impact on groundwater quality, the focus of the input (and hence the initial conceptual
model) would be on understanding groundwater recharge volume and pathways, the chemical
character of the effluent or chemicals, and on geochemical processes that could alter the chemical
character of the infiltrating pollutant. If the concern is that the groundwater resource may be
exhausted by over-abstraction (included under the second of the category classes), the focus of
the input would be on understanding groundwater recharge, storage volume, and the volume and
timing of groundwater abstraction and discharge. Similarly, where the project may lower the water
table because of an excavation (the third of the category classes), such as an open-pit mine, the
input would need to focus on understanding the groundwater flow regime.
The steps involved in the preliminary assessment for groundwater impacts are discussed
separately under the headings below.
B1: Detailed site description
A detailed site description is required, which must include:
Details of the current land owner and occupiers of the land;
The site co-ordinates, irrespective of the site of the facility;
The farm, plot, and/or site numbers;
The current site plan with a scale bar showing northerly direction, local water drainage, and
other locally significant features, such as receptors on site and immediately off site. The plan
must also show the historical location of structures that may have affected the distribution of
contamination (coal stockyards, underground mining areas, ash dumps, etc.);
Location and size of the site and its boundaries with other areas or the ocean;
Identification of protected wetlands, such as RAMSAR sites;
The climate of the area, including rainfall, temperature, and evaporation;
General classification of the aquifers underlying the site, using the DWA Aquifer Classification
Map of South Africa;
General aquifer vulnerability of the aquifers underlying the site, using the DWA Aquifer
Vulnerability Map of South Africa;
Topography, the division into mountainous, hilly or plain zones, using 1:50 000 topographical
maps. These topographical characteristics are often related to the geology of the area;
Groundwater-surface water interaction and hydrographical characteristics; and
Determination of contamination potential based on on-site activities and waste facilities.
B2: Site history
The site history is required, which must include:
The description of the past and present activity that led to contamination or dewatering;
The type of contaminant or known dewatering areas/decanting areas;
The nature and extent of contamination or dewatering (including resources known to be
contaminated);
Details of the previous polluter(s) or land user(s);
A description of the current conditions of the site; and
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Groundwater Governance Standard Unique Identifier: 240-85697643
Revision: 1
Page:
Known flooding or decanting areas.
B3: Relevant studies
Any relevant studies were conducted, including the contents and results of those studies. The
following studies should be evaluated:
Environmental audits, EIAs, IWWMPs, WULs, and EMPRs;
Contamination studies and risk assessments;
Geohydrological studies, including sampling reports;
Geophysical profiles of exploration and/or monitoring boreholes previously drilled in the
area;
Geological reports;
Geotechnical reports;
Hydrological studies, including sampling reports;
Wetland studies;
Engineering reports and designs;
Waste storage and handling procedures; and
Environmental incident reports.
B4: The description of the environment
The description of the environment that may be or has been affected, which must include:
The local topography and geology, including soil types;
The drainage patterns, surface cover, vegetation;
Details of any relevant sensitive environments;
A determination of groundwater quality and direction as well as the sensitivity of aquifers and
the depth to the water table;
Current and future and use;
The quality of and proximity to surface water;
The proximity to drinking water supplies; and
Meteorological data, including annual rainfall.
B5: Formal authorisation(s), notice(s), order(s), and/or directives
Formal instructions (WUL, etc.) are issued by regulatory organisations, such as DWS or DEA.
B6: Initial conceptual model
The initial conceptual model must be based on the review of available data detailed above and
must physically describe the Eskom operation in terms of those aspects that would have a bearing
on the impact prediction. It must also describe the pathways along which the impact will propagate
and then describe the procedure applied to determine who/what the critical receptor is.
The type of study being undertaken should determine the complexity of the initial conceptual
model, for example, a simplified conceptual model for a screening-level study and a more detailed
conceptual model for a closure application. The initial conceptual model must also ensure that the
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Groundwater Governance Standard Unique Identifier: 240-85697643
Revision: 1
Page:
necessary information/questions are defined to support the tools to be used to answer the
stipulated requirements of further investigations.
See Eskom, 2014. Conceptual Site Model Guideline (GWG08).
B7: Identify areas for additional work
Using the results from the above, undertake a gap analysis to identify areas of insufficient
information to define the spatial extent and risk of groundwater impact on human health, the
environment, or any structures and property.
C: Second phase: Assessment to define the spatial extent and risk of groundwater impact
on human health or the environment
As mentioned earlier, if the elements discussed in the preliminary assessment are significant in
terms of groundwater impact, a more detailed assessment will be required, using the
methods/tools listed below. The complexity of further work should be determined by the initial
screening-level assessment and inherent groundwater impacts. Three broad categories of
groundwater-related impacts are recognised:
Where effluent or chemicals with the potential to change groundwater quality are handled as
part of the operation or discharged into the environment because of the project;
Where the volume of groundwater in storage or entering groundwater storage is changed; and
Where the groundwater flow regime is changed.
If the above is relevant, it can be concluded that groundwater impacts are applicable, and no
further groundwater work is required. However, Eskom must consider the potential significant
direct, indirect, and cumulative impacts of a proposed or existing activity. This requires the
following:
The conceptualisation of possible cause-effect pathways resulting from the proposed or
existing operation;
An understanding of current and plans, projects and activities in the same area;
An awareness of other threats or trends that could affect the groundwater resources in the area
in which the development is proposed;
An understanding of the likely resilience and status of the affected resource; and
An understanding of broader strategic goals or targets for the area affected by the proposed
project.
The level of detail in which these should be considered will be influenced by the nature of the
proposed project and issues raised through the scoping process. Where potentially significant
cumulative effects are likely and cannot be addressed, Eskom, through a consultant, should alert
decision-maker(s) to these effects and make explicit recommendations as to ways of addressing
them (for example, through a strategic environmental assessment or systems-based approach).
Groundwater is particularly susceptible to the cumulative effect of numerous small impacts. Eskom
must give this due regard and thoroughly consider it in a designated section of the assessment
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Groundwater Governance Standard Unique Identifier: 240-85697643
Revision: 1
Page:
report. Where RQOs exist, the impact of the proposed development on these should be discussed
in the context of its contribution to the cumulative effect.
C1: Description of the key elements to a groundwater site characterisation process
The following paragraphs discuss key elements of an approach to hydrogeological input.
Geophysical survey
A geophysical survey aims to map preferential flow paths and detect basic intrusions like dolerite
dykes and sills, which are normally associated with groundwater occurrence and contaminant
pathways.
See Eskom, 2014. Geophysical Survey Guideline (GWG02).
The design, construction, and drilling of boreholes
Drilling boreholes aim to allow investigation of the following:
Obtain information regarding the geological units with depth;
Obtain information regarding the geological units responsible for the geophysical anomalies;
The possible presence of preferential flow paths (fractured and/or weathered zones) along
which contaminants may migrate;
The hydraulic properties of the aquifer systems utilising aquifer tests;
The current and future groundwater quality through monitoring;
The current and future water level measurements through monitoring; and
The presence and extent of possible contaminant plumes emanating from the site.
See Eskom, 2014. Borehole Drilling Construction and Design Guideline (GWG03).
Aquifer testing of water boreholes
The aim of aquifer testing or aquifer tests is to find reliable hydrogeological values for the
geological formations through which groundwater is moving.
See Eskom, 2014.Aquifer Testing Guideline (GWG04).
Groundwater sampling and analyses
Sampling must include the nature of samples collected, the sampling procedures followed,
including field sampling quality assurance and quality control requirements. The analyses
undertaken, methodologies used, and laboratory quality assurance/quality control procedures,
including laboratory certificates and appropriate accreditation listed, must also be included.
See Eskom, 2014. Groundwater Monitoring and Sampling Guidelines (GWG05a and GWG05b),
and Eskom, 2014. Hydrocensus Guideline (GWG07).
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Groundwater Governance Standard Unique Identifier: 240-85697643
Revision: 1
Page:
Aquifer vulnerability assessment
This is an assessment of the tendency for or likelihood of contamination reaching a specified
position in the groundwater system underlying the site after introduction at some location above the
uppermost aquifer.
See Eskom, 2014. Aquifer Vulnerability Assessment Guideline (GWG06).
Potential land and water use
This refers to the current, previous, and potential land and water use for the site and nearby areas.
See Eskom, 2014. Hydrocensus Guideline (GWG07).
Refinement of the CSM
The CSM is a descriptive representation of a groundwater system that incorporates an interpretation of the geological and hydrological conditions. It should consolidate the current understanding of the key processes of the groundwater system, including the influence of stresses. It
details the gaps in the existing knowledge base and assists in the understanding of possible future
changes.
See Eskom, 2014. Conceptual Site Model Guideline (GWG08).
Extent and concentrations of contaminants
This specifies the actual extent and concentrations of contaminants in all appropriate environmental media on site, based on verified test data.
See Eskom, 2014. Groundwater Monitoring and Sampling Guidelines (GWG05b and GWG05b),
and Eskom, 2014. Hydrocensus Guideline (GWG07).
Potential effects of contaminants
This refers to any potential effects of contaminants on human health and the environment.
See Eskom, 2014. Risk Assessment Guideline (GWG10) and Eskom, 2014. Numerical/Analytical/
Risk-based Groundwater Modelling Guideline (GWG09).
D: Output of the site characterisation process
D1: Preliminary assessment report of the presence or absence of groundwater impact
This report must comply with the following minimum requirements:
Detailed site description;
Details of the site history;
Details of the desktop study and supporting information;
Description of the environment;
Details of formal authorisation(s), notice(s), order(s), and/or directives;
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Groundwater Governance Standard Unique Identifier: 240-85697643
Revision: 1
Page:
Initial CSM;
Identification of areas requiring further work;
Confirmation of knowledge gaps; and
Preparation of a work plan for an impact prediction or risk assessment, if required.
D2: Assessment report to define the spatial extent and risk of groundwater impact on
human health or the environment
This assessment report must comply with the following minimum requirements:
Details of potential land and water use through aquifer classification and hydrocensus
information;
Detailed CSM with supporting information, such as geophysical survey, aquifer testing, and
borehole logs;
Aquifer vulnerability assessment;
Extent and concentrations of contaminants, based on monitoring or sampling data;
Risk assessment through dose-response and numerical models;
Prediction of potential impacts;
Interpreting impact assessment criteria;
Establishing thresholds of significance;
Describing the distribution of impacts – beneficiaries and losers;
Identifying key uncertainties, assumptions, and risks;
Defining confidence levels and constraints to input;
Recommend management actions, such as monitoring network design, liner designs, and
interception trenches;
Identifying the best practicable environmental option; and
Communicating the findings of the specialist input.
As a general guide, the site characterisation process should:
Consider the full project cycle;
Answer the “to what” and “to whom” questions of probable impacts, that is, what are the likely
consequences of impacts, how severe would they be, and who would be affected by these
impacts;
Predict, assess, and evaluate potentially significant direct, indirect, and cumulative impacts,
both with and without management actions. The evaluation of significance should be linked to
thresholds of significance;
Assess and evaluate impacts for the different alternatives and for different environmental and
operating scenarios, where appropriate;
Consider not only impacts on the affected site but also impacts beyond the site boundaries;
and
Assess and evaluate any opportunities and constraints posed by the receiving environment/
operating context on the proposed development.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Groundwater Governance Standard Unique Identifier: 240-85697643
Revision: 1
Page:
3.2 Geophysical Survey Guideline (GWG02)
As most of Eskom’s operations are situated on fractured rock formations, such as the Karoo rock
formations, this guideline mainly focuses on geophysics using electromagnetic (EM) and magnetic
(Mag) methods to map preferential flow paths as these are the most commonly applied methods
employed on these formations. However, as magnetic methods can only be applied in areas with
no power lines, metals and infrastructure and cannot delineate contamination, the Resistivity
Method using the Lund Imaging System will also be discussed.
While the magnetic method is used to detect basic intrusions like dolerite dykes and sills, which are
normally associated with groundwater occurrence, the EM method detects changes in electrical
conductance of the subsurface. As water is normally a conducting substance in the rock, the
method is sensitive to the presence of groundwater. Combining the two methods lends itself to
identifying and mapping potential groundwater preferred flow paths.
Resistivity measurements are carried out by recording the electric potential (voltage) from a current
input into the ground, thus collecting information on the conductive ability of the subsurface.
Please note that geophysical textbooks should be consulted for more detailed information on EM,
Mag and resistivity methods.1
The purpose of this guideline is to ensure that there are clearly defined process controls in place to
evaluate a geophysical survey. The guideline is to be applied at all Eskom operations that require
the mapping of preferential pathways of potential for groundwater contamination or where
boreholes are required to be drilled for abstraction or monitoring.2
Geophysical survey procedure
A: Survey objectives and principles
The procedure is to ensure that geophysical surveys are performed so that repeatable results can
be obtained.
1 Parasin, D.S. (1997) Principles of Applied Geophysics, fifth ed., ISBN 0 412 64080 5, Chapman and Hall London
2 Eskom, 2014. Site Characterisation Guideline
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Groundwater Governance Standard Unique Identifier: 240-85697643
Revision: 1
Page:
B: Preparation
The preparation for the survey is discussed in the following paragraphs.
B1: Legal considerations
Before incurring the expense of a geophysical survey, an Eskom site representative shall ensure
that all legal requirements regarding the survey on the property are reviewed and complied with.
This shall include both surface rights, for example, as defined by local bylaws and the property title
deed, and subsurface rights, for example, as it relates to the intended exploitation of the
groundwater resource in terms of the requirements of the National Water Act .
B2: Environmental considerations
The Eskom site representative shall ensure that the appropriate level of consideration is given to
the effect that the geophysics, and the potential borehole drilled at the selected site, will have on
the environment and vice versa. Factors to be considered in this regard relate to the potential
occurrence of exclusion zones, such as wetlands.
B3: Physical considerations
An Eskom site representative should study the property plans to identify exclusion areas in which
the drilling and operation of a borehole may not be possible. In the absence of property plans,
exclusion areas will need to be identified based on visual observations and knowledge that can be
sourced locally. Such areas may include, but are not limited to, the following:
Sensitive ecosystems, such as wetlands;
Areas offering restricted access for the drilling machine and equipment;
Areas providing restricted clearance for raising the mast of the drilling machine;
Areas defining existing and proposed routes for surface and subsurface services, for example,
power cables and pipelines;
Areas supporting foundations and other underground structures; and
Areas providing restrictions on the installation, operation, and maintenance of pumping
equipment.
B4: Planning
Planning for a geophysical survey is essential to avoid wasting time in the field. The following shall
be completed before embarking on a geophysical survey:
Understand the scope and objectives of the assessment and the purpose of the borehole(s);
The owner of the property or designated responsible officer where the survey is to be carried
out shall be notified in advance of the intended survey date(s) and time;
Study of existing and available geological, geophysical or groundwater literature (or all of
these), data, and information relevant to the area or region in which the property is located.
This activity can provide information regarding the general occurrence and quality of
groundwater;
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Groundwater Governance Standard Unique Identifier: 240-85697643
Revision: 1
Page:
Study of relevant existing and available maps, aerial photographs, and other remotely sensed
information for the area or region in which the property is located. This activity can assist in
identifying appropriate drilling targets as well as surrounding circumstances potentially
influencing the precision of the survey (high-voltage power transmission,3 pipelines, historic
buried concrete structures, etc.);
Identify or select the general area within the aquifer where boreholes are required. Interpret the
black and white stereo pair air photography and satellite imagery in and surrounding the area
of interest to identify structural features (for example, dykes, faults, fracture zones), weathering,
and other features (for example, karst) of importance to groundwater occurrence;
Survey of existing boreholes in the area or region in which the property is located. This activity
can provide information about typical borehole depths and drilling success rates, the depth of
water levels, and the general quality of groundwater in the area (see Annexure A);
A scaled map and preferably GPS co-ordinates showing the positions of the proposed
traverses should be supplied to Eskom by the consultant conducting the survey;
The instruments must be checked before leaving for the site; and
The following equipment is essential for conducting a geophysical survey and must be packed
before leaving for the site:
Electromagnetic and Magnetic
o Spare batteries;
o Sunscreen, hat, insect repellent;
o Water bottles;
o Danger tape to mark stations in the field;
o GPS;
o Field data sheets;
o Waterproof field notebook;
o More than one waterproof marking pen;
o Protective clothing to adhere to site requirements (if any);
o Wooden stakes or “droppers” and a hammer to mark drilling positions, if required; and
o Tool and spare kit.
Lund
o Battery;
o Electrode selector and connecting cables;
o Lund spread cables and a suitable number of cable joints and cable jumpers;
o A suitable quantity of electrodes; and
o Tool and spare kit.
B5: General
In areas of dense vegetation where a clear pathway is not visible, the GPS may be used to pre-
mark traverses with environmentally friendly tape at intervals of 50 m or 100 m to ensure a
straight bearing;
3 If applicable, arrangements shall be made to contact the relevant owner in order to discuss intermitted operation during the time of the
electromagnetic survey.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Methodology
Source: Groundwater Governance Standard (002).pdf (unknown)reference Input
chemical dissolving in the groundwater) and
the likelihood that it will cause harm if it does
take place (e.g. people who drink the water
become ill). Groundwater risk-based
approaches must take into account:
The source(s) of risk;
The groundwater pathway
connecting the source to the
receptor; and
The nature of the receptor(s).
climatic, and economic factors. It should be noted that the application of this methodology will vary
because of the scale and/or spatial intensity of the operation.
Eskom in evaluating the potential groundwater impact of the site (for example, Megawatt Park vs
power station). If a potential for impact is found in the preliminary phase, a definition of the
objectives and scope of elements to be detailed in the groundwater impact phase should be
considered, given the groundwater situation and budgetary constraints of Eskom. A site
characterisation should include, but not be limited to, the following elements:
A: Selecting the appropriate approach
hydrogeological implications would be similar. Key elements of an approach to hydrogeological
inputs are presented in Table 2 below. Not all of the steps listed will be required in all instances,
especially where the significance and likelihood of impact on the groundwater environment are
small or where there is a good understanding of the groundwater system. In addition, please note
that this is not a linear approach, as some steps may overlap.
Table 2: Key elements of an integrated approach to a groundwater site characterisation process
Quality Management
Source: Groundwater Governance Standard (002).pdf (unknown). Introduction .................................................................................................................................................. 3
1.1 Overview of the Groundwater Governance Guidelines ...................................................................... 3
2.1 Scope ................................................................................................................................................. 4
2.1.1 Purpose .................................................................................................................................. 4
2.1.2 Applicability ............................................................................................................................ 4
2.2 Normative/Informative references ...................................................................................................... 4
2.2.1 Normative ............................................................................................................................... 5
2.2.2 Informative ............................................................................................................................. 5
2.3 Definitions ........................................................................................................................................... 5
2.4 Abbreviations ...................................................................................................................................... 7
2.5 Roles and responsibilities .................................................................................................................. 7
2.6 Process for monitoring ....................................................................................................................... 8
2.7 Related/Supporting documents .......................................................................................................... 8
3.1 Groundwater Site Characterisation Guideline (GWG01) ................................................................. 18
3.2 Geophysical Survey Guideline (GWG02)......................................................................................... 28
3.3 Borehole Drilling Construction and Design Guideline (GWG03) ..................................................... 33
3.4 Aquifer Testing Guideline (GWG04) ................................................................................................ 42
3.5 Groundwater Monitoring Guideline (GWG05a) ................................................................................ 56
3.6 Groundwater Sampling Guideline (GWG05b) .................................................................................. 74
3.7 Aquifer Vulnerability Assessment Guideline (GWG06) .................................................................... 85
3.8 Hydrocensus Guideline (GWG07) .................................................................................................... 88
3.9 Conceptual Site Model Guideline (GWG08) .................................................................................... 94
3.10 Numerical/Analytical/Risk-based Groundwater Modelling Guideline (GWG09) ............................ 104
3.11 Risk Assessment Guideline (GWG10) ........................................................................................... 114
3.12 Pollution Source Management Guideline (GWG11) ...................................................................... 123
3.13 Groundwater Remediation Guideline (GWG12) ............................................................................ 130
Acceptance .............................................................................................................................................. 138
Revisions ................................................................................................................................................. 139
Development team .................................................................................................................................. 139
Acknowledgements ................................................................................................................................. 139
projects that may have an impact on groundwater are known, the extent of the risk is understood
and managed accordingly.
1.1 Overview of the Groundwater Governance Guidelines
A Generic Groundwater Management Framework (in the form of a flow diagram) guides the users
through the process of developing a sound groundwater monitoring programme (see Figure 1). An
explanation of the various steps in the framework is presented in Section 2. Detailed technical
guidance is provided on the following groundwater management elements:
Groundwater Site Characterisation (GWG01);
Geophysical Survey Guideline (GWG02);
Borehole Drilling Construction and Design (GWG03);
Aquifer Testing (GWG04);
Groundwater Monitoring (GWG05a);
Groundwater Sampling (GWG05b);
Aquifer Vulnerability Assessment (GWG06);
Hydrocensus (GWG07);
Conceptual Site Model (GWG08);
Numerical/Analytical/Risk-based Groundwater Modelling (GWG09);
Risk Assessment (GWG10);
Pollution Source Management (GWG11); and
Groundwater Remediation (GWG12).
Design Guideline Geophysical survey;
(GWG03). Design, construction, and drilling of
Aquifer Testing boreholes;
Aquifer testing; Guideline (GWG04).
Groundwater sampling, and
Groundwater analysis;
Monitoring Guideline Aquifer vulnerability assessment;
(GWG05a). Hydrocensus;
Extent and concentrations of
Groundwater contaminants (monitoring); and
Sampling Guideline The potential effect of contaminants.
(GWG05b).
Aquifer Vulnerability
Assessment
(Gwg06).
Hydrocensus
Guideline (GWG07).
A conceptual (hydrogeological) site model
f) Establish Task Conceptual Site (CSM) is a descriptive representation of a
conceptual site Model Guideline groundwater system that incorporates an
model (GWG08). interpretation of the geological and
hydrological conditions. It consolidates the
current understanding of the key processes
of the groundwater system, including the
influence of stresses, details the gaps in the
existing knowledge base, and assists in
understanding possible future changes.
spatial extent and risk of conceptual understanding of the mechanism by
groundwater impact on which impact occurs will help to prioritise issues
human health or the to be clarified. Approaches include water quality
environment. testing, water level and spring flow measurement,
borehole drilling, aquifer tests, and geophysics.
Geophysical Survey
Guideline (GWG02).
Borehole Drilling
Guideline (GWG03).
Aquifer Testing Guideline
(Gwg04).
Groundwater Monitoring
Guideline (GWG05a).
Hydrocensus Guideline
(Gwg07).
Analysis Conceptual Site Model The information gathered during the field study
Guideline (GWG08). phase will be analysed, and the results will refine
the initial conceptual model. The validity of the
Numerical/Analytical/Risk- analysis results may be tested through numerical
based Groundwater flow or transport modelling. Results of the data
geological formations through which groundwater is moving.
See Eskom, 2014.Aquifer Testing Guideline (GWG04).
including field sampling quality assurance and quality control requirements. The analyses
undertaken, methodologies used, and laboratory quality assurance/quality control procedures,
including laboratory certificates and appropriate accreditation listed, must also be included.
See Eskom, 2014. Groundwater Monitoring and Sampling Guidelines (GWG05a and GWG05b),
and Eskom, 2014. Hydrocensus Guideline (GWG07).
Health & Safety
Source: Groundwater Governance Standard (002).pdf (unknown)2.3 Definitions
Active remediation: Human intervention to remediate contamination such as pump and
treatment of groundwater.
Aquifer: A geological formation with structures or textures that hold water or permit
appreciable water movement through them. Source: National Water Act .
Aquifer classification: Classification based on geology and/or primary/secondary porosity
and the aquifer’s importance in yield and water quality.
Aquifer test: A test to determine hydrological properties of the aquifer involving the
withdrawal of measured quantities of water from or the addition of water to a well and the
measurement of resulting changes in the head of the aquifer, both during and after the
period of discharge or additions.
Aquifer vulnerability: Tendency or likelihood that contamination will reach a specified
position in the groundwater system after introduction at some location above the uppermost
aquifer.
Borehole: Includes a well, excavation, or any other artificially constructed or improved
underground cavity that can be used to intercept, collect, or store water in or remove water
from an aquifer, for observing and collecting data and information on water in an aquifer, or
for recharging an aquifer. Source: National Water Act .
Compliance monitoring: Monitoring is done in compliance with permit conditions.
Conceptual site model: A descriptive representation of a groundwater system that
incorporates an interpretation of the geological and hydrological conditions. It consolidates
the current understanding of the key processes of the groundwater system, including the
influence of stresses, details the gaps in the existing knowledge base, and assists in
understanding possible future changes.
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Groundwater Governance Standard Unique Identifier: 240-85697643
Revision: 1
Page:
Recharge borehole: A borehole specifically designed to be pumped into an aquifer to
recharge the groundwater reservoir.
Risk assessment: The process or method of determining if an activity (human or natural) will
harm human health or the environment. Therefore, risk assessment is a decision-making tool
for prioritising actions, reducing expenditure, and setting management targets for
environmental protection.
For other technical terms used in Section 3 of this document, please refer to the following website
for a detailed explanation: http://www.dwaf.gov.za/Groundwater/GroundwaterDictionary.
2.4 Abbreviations
conceptual understanding of the
groundwater system. The design of
subsequent information gathering is based
on the initial conceptual model, and
information gathered during further
investigation is used to refine the conceptual
model. Both phases d) and e) should be
completed where the need for groundwater
monitoring has been established by
regulatory obligations, water use licence
(WUL), etc.
d) First phase: Task Groundwater Site The preliminary assessment is required to
g) Conduct Task Risk Assessment determining if an activity (human or natural)
preliminary/detailed Guideline (GWG10). will harm human health, agricultural activities
risk assessment or the environment. Therefore, risk
(groundwater assessment is a decision-making tool for
quantity and prioritising actions, reducing expenditure,
quality) and setting management targets for
environmental protection. In its simplest
form, risk assessment involves (sometimes
qualitative or subjective) decisions on:
The probability of an adverse effect
occurring as a result of an activity;
and
The severity of the consequences if
an adverse effect does occur.
be undertaken to determine the critical
receptor(s) for a particular source term on
which impact with be the most severe. A fully
integrated quantitative risk assessment
should use the ‘source-pathway-receptor’
model and involves the following
components:
Assessing of the source terms and
properties of the chemical substance
(solubility, infiltration potential, toxicity,
etc.);
Identifying and confirming the beneficial
uses in the vicinity of the site through a
hydrocensus and review of expected
land use;
Determining groundwater flow direction
and the potential exposure of the
receptors to the chemical substances
(e.g. the site may be located
hydraulically down-gradient of a sensitive
receiver and an assessment has
demonstrated that impacted groundwater
will migrate towards the receiver); and
Assessing the impact on water quality in
the receiving environment compared to
reference Input
and
The beneficial uses of the groundwater
are for a potable water supply, and harm
to (the) water users may occur.
If significant groundwater risk exists (yes),
h) Significant Decision Risk Assessment continue to i), l), and o). All three activities
groundwater risk Guideline (GWG10). should be performed.
perform i). It is, however, important to note
that, if activity k) (data interpretation and
reporting) indicates high levels of
contamination or risk, which was not
detected/anticipated during phase g)
(preliminary/detailed risk assessment),
phase g) may have to be repeated and the
need for groundwater remediation, activity
q), may still have to be initiated immediately
in high-risk scenarios.
i) Establish a Task Groundwater monitoring plan. The conceptual model and
monitoring network Monitoring Guideline risk assessment should be used to structure
(including design, (GWG05a). the network design based on a geophysical
construction, and survey. A groundwater monitoring network Groundwater
drilling of should contain monitoring positions that can
Sampling Guidelineboreholes) assess the groundwater status in certain
(GWG05b). areas. Boreholes should be
Borehole Drilling grouped/classified according to the source-
pathway-receptor indication. Construction and
q) Groundwater Task Groundwater prevent or negate the effects of significant
remediation Remediation risks to human health and the ecosystem
Guideline (GWG12). through a risk assessment, the remediation
process can be embarked upon in
consultation with regulators. If remediation is
not effective, the pollution source
management aspects might still be
ineffective, and this should be revisited and
alternative remediation options considered. If
remediation is successful, continue with
monitoring following the remediation plan or
in accordance with the remediation directive
requirements.
(GWG09). serve to calibrate these models.
Refined model Numerical/Analytical/Risk- Based on the information gathered during the
based Groundwater previous steps, a refined model of the system
Modelling Guideline (and its linkages) is generated. This may take the
(GWG09). form of a calibrated numerical model. This
updated model is then used to assess the
Risk Assessment potential impacts of groundwater associated with
Guideline (GWG10). the proposed operation.
Risk assessment Numerical/Analytical/Risk- Ecosystem protection is the principal beneficial
based Groundwater use, and harm to water resource/ecosystem may
(GWG09). The beneficial uses of the groundwater are for a
Risk Assessment potable water supply, and harm to a water user
Guideline (GWG10). may occur.
Pollution source Pollution Source The core of integrated water management at
management Management Guideline Eskom operations should be, in the first instance,
(GWG11). to seek to implement pollution-prevention
measures optimally. If these measures do not
address all the water management issues, the
operation should develop and implement
appropriate water reuse and reclamation
strategies. These strategies may include a
greater or lesser degree of water treatment to
render the water suitable for reuse. If there is still
a residual water management problem, then the
operation could evaluate and negotiate options
with regulators for the discharge of such water to
the water resource.
Remediation Groundwater If pollution source management has failed to
position in the groundwater system underlying the site after introduction at some location above the
uppermost aquifer.
See Eskom, 2014. Aquifer Vulnerability Assessment Guideline (GWG06).
See Eskom, 2014. Risk Assessment Guideline (GWG10) and Eskom, 2014. Numerical/Analytical/
Risk-based Groundwater Modelling Guideline (GWG09).
D: Output of the site characterisation process
D1: Preliminary assessment report of the presence or absence of groundwater impact
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Groundwater Governance Standard Unique Identifier: 240-85697643
Revision: 1
Page:
Initial CSM;
Identification of areas requiring further work;
Confirmation of knowledge gaps; and
Preparation of a work plan for an impact prediction or risk assessment, if required.
D2: Assessment report to define the spatial extent and risk of groundwater impact on
human health or the environment
o Spare batteries;
o Sunscreen, hat, insect repellent;
o Water bottles;
o Danger tape to mark stations in the field;
o GPS;
o Field data sheets;
o Waterproof field notebook;
o More than one waterproof marking pen;
o Protective clothing to adhere to site requirements (if any);
o Wooden stakes or “droppers” and a hammer to mark drilling positions, if required; and
o Tool and spare kit.
Description
Source: Supplier risk category.docx (unknown)The tender is for the provision of surface water, groundwater, and aquatic monitoring services at Kusile Power Station. The services include monitoring of water quality in rivers, streams, and groundwater boreholes around the power station. The monitoring programme must be designed to detect any potential impacts from the power station's operations. The bidder must provide all necessary equipment, labour, and expertise to carry out the monitoring. The bidder must also provide regular reports to Eskom and regulatory authorities as required.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Supplier risk category.docx (unknown)Bidders must be COID registered/compliant and submit a letter of good standing with the Compensation Fund or a licensed compensation insurer (e.g., Rand Mutual Assurance, Federal Employer's Mutual Association). Exemptions apply only with a Department of Labour certificate. International suppliers must provide an equivalent from their country of origin, or relevant legislation if no equivalent exists; if they have South African offices employing South African citizens, a COID certificate is required. Joint ventures must submit documents reflecting the joint venture name, and either a joint LOG or individual COID letters. All suppliers must undergo an OHS evaluation to be registered on the Eskom vendor database.
Technical Specifications
Source: Supplier risk category.docx (unknown)Description
Source: Contractor basline risk assessment.pdf (unknown)The tender is for surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring at Kusile Power Station. The document provided is a contractor baseline risk assessment template, not the full tender specification.
Important Dates
Source: Contractor basline risk assessment.pdf (unknown)Closing date and time: not stated in the document.
Revision date of the risk assessment template: 30-Apr-25.
No mandatory briefing or site visit is stated.
Contact Information
Source: Contractor basline risk assessment.pdf (unknown)No contact details are stated in the document.
Submission Guidelines
Source: Contractor basline risk assessment.pdf (unknown)Returnable documents must be completed, signed and submitted with the bid. Required forms include:
Bids received after the closing time will be disqualified.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Contractor basline risk assessment.pdf (unknown)No evaluation criteria are stated in the document.
Technical Specifications
Source: Contractor basline risk assessment.pdf (unknown)Cleaning of conveyors and chutes Fly ash Inhalation, ingestion and eye irritation. Health Damage to eye sight and lungs Safety signs, PPE(hearing protection) 4 B III FE Surveillance285, DeffectsProcedureReporting,32- Responsiblemanager Safety Cleaning of conveyors and chutes Defective hand tools pin
Quality Management
Source: Contractor basline risk assessment.pdf (unknown)Procedure 32- Responsiblemanager Cleaning of conveyors and chutes Manual handling Muscle strain/back trauma, hand injuries Health Serious injurytreatmentrequiring medical Pre-job brief, pre-job inspection 2 B IV FE Surveillance285,Supervision,Incident reporting, Tool Box
Cleaning of conveyors and chutes moving conveyors Entanglement,Nip pointscaught between Safety Serioustreatmentinjury requiring, fatalitymedical Pre-job brief, pre-job inspection 4 C II ME Job observation Responsiblemanager
conditioner unblocking Noise NIHL Health Occupational disease with Procedure non Warning signs, pre-job brief, pre-job inspection 2 B IV FE Surveillance 32- Responsiblemanager
reversible consequence 285, Deffects
conditioner unblocking Restricted work areas Musco-skeletal injuries. Safety Minor injuriestreatmentrequiring medical Pre-job brief, pre-job inspection, 3-point contact 4 B III ME ErgonomicProcedureSurveys,32-285,Tool Responsiblemanager
manager conditioner unblocking vibration Internalvibrationorgan damage.syndromeHand Arm Safety serious injury Pre-job inspection, pre-job brief, Warning signs 2 B IV FE reporting,LARVibrationSystem, Surveys
fatality, serious injury requiring
Loading mixed ash using FEL wet material machine overturning Safety medical treatment , MVA, Pre-job brief, pre-job inspection 3 C II FE Job observation Responsiblemanager
property damage
alking around the ash dump descending/ascending the machine slip, trip and fall Safety Minor Injuriestreatmentrequiring Medical Pre-job brief, pre-job inspection, Warning signs 2 B IV ME TaskReporting,Observation,PTW/LARDefects Responsiblemanager
inspection of yellow plant inspection ofignitionyellowisplanton while the inhalation of diesel fumes Health Medicaltemporarytreatmentdiscomfortcase, Pre-job brief, pre-job inspection,blocks Warning signs, Stop 4 B III FE Jobreporting,observation,toolboxincidenttalks Responsiblemanager
inspection of yellow plant inspection ofignitionyellowisplanton while the burns from machine hot components Safety Medicaltemporarytreatmentdiscomfortcase, Pre-job brief, pre-job inspection,blocks Warning signs, Stop 4 A III ME Jobreporting,observation,toolboxincidenttalks Responsiblemanager
inspection of yellow plant inspection ofignitionyellowisplanton while the Rollin of the machineincidentresulting in to an Safety fatality,medicalserioustreatmentinjury ,requiringMVA Pre-job brief, pre-job inspection,blocks Warning signs, Stop 1 A IV ME Job observation Responsiblemanager
Coal 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
fatality, serious injury requiring
constructing of coal stockpile moving machinery collision Safety medical treatment , MVA, ME 3 A IV FE Jobreporting,observation,toolboxincidenttalks Responsiblemanager
property damage
bridge truck on the weigh Truck driver loses vehicle control, truck fallover the weighbridge office Safety fatality,medicalserioustreatmentinjury ,requiringMVA Traffic management procedure,inspection Pre-job brief, pre-job 2 B IV FE Jobtalks,observation,incident reportingtoolbox Responsiblemanager
Spotting coal dust inhalation of coal dust Health Lung disease, silicosis Pre-job brief, pre-jobPPE(dustinspection,mask) Warning signs, 1 A IV FE Surveillance285, DeffectsProcedureReporting,32- Responsiblemanager
Spotting Adverse weather conditions Heat stress Health Dehydration, caseMedical treatment Appropreate clothing, rest periods 3 B III FE Jobmedicalobservation,screeningPeriodic Responsiblemanager
Spotting Diesel fumes from the trucks inhalation of the fumes Health Medicaltemporarytreatmentdiscomfortcase, Pre-job brief, pre-job inspection,blocks Warning signs, Stop 2 A IV FE Observations,SMAT,MedicalPlannedSurveillanceTask Responsiblemanager
Spotting standing for a long time Fatigue Health Minor Injuriestreatmentrequiring Medical Pre-job brief, Rest periods 4 A III FE Toolboxplannedtalks,task observationsupervision, Responsiblemanager
coal feeding :Front end loader,
mobilising coal into the mobile feeder Dozer No demacation of the feeder Front end loader/structureDozer bumping the Safety fatality,medicalserioustreatmentinjury ,requiringMVA Pre-job brief, pre-jobBarricadinginspection, Warning signs, 3 A IV ME Surveillance285, incidentProcedureReporting,32- Responsiblemanager
coal feeding :Front end loader, Dozer inadequate securing
mobilising coal into the mobile feeder cable of mobile feeder electrocution Safety Fatality,medicalserioustreatmentinjury requiring Barricading of cables 3 B III ME Equipmentsysteminspection Responsiblemanager
machinery and Plant Inspections, Medical
coal feeding :Front end loader, Dozer congestion structuresCollision betweenresult in operator getting Safety MVA, fatality 5m following distance, 2m clearence from machines 3 B III ME Surveillance Procedure
mobilising coal into the mobile feeder 32- Responsiblemanager
injured 285, , Tool Box Talks
computer work Office Responsiblemanager work - Work station design/ergonomics Fatique/musculo- skeletal disorders Health Permanent disability ErgomomicAnnual medicalsassessment 3 B III FE ErgonomicInspection,Procedure Equipment
computer work Office Responsiblemanager work - Computer light EyeFatiguestrain Health Loss Headachesof sight AnnualRegularmedicalseye test 3 B III FE ErgonomicInspection,Procedure Equipment
Procedure 32-285,
servicing Ventilation Surveys,
General administrative work - Poor Ventilation Fatigue/bacteria/ viruses Health Illnesses/viralTemporary disabilityinfections Equipment Air qaulity analysis 2 A IV FE Deffects Reporting,
computer work Office Responsiblemanager
computer work work - Work station design Slipping, tripping, falling Safety TemporaryDislocation,disabilityfracture TrainingHousekeeping- cleaning staff 3 A IV FE Surveillance285, OfficeProcedureInspection,32- Responsiblemanager
productivity due to staff Continuous Information sharing / awareness , Continuous Information
remaining home ( unavailability Prohibition of large scale engagements, All sharing / awareness, EAP,
conducting normal
basis duties on a daily Out brake of corona virus outbreakill-healthleadingdue to tothebusinesscorona virusinterruptionsglobal Health of illnesscritical andStaff),deathsPotential(directlong destination)internationalis prohibited,business travelDeactivation(irrespectiveof biometric,of the 2 B IV ME discussionCOVID-19 includedawarenessas Responsiblemanager
/indirect impact on Eskom suspension of alcohol testing, Practice good standard in all meeting
employees or families), personal hygiene agendas.
computer work Office Responsiblemanager work - Work station design/ergonomics Fatique/musculo- skeletal disorders Health Permanent disability ErgomomicAnnual medicalsassessment 3 D II FE ErgonomicInspection,Procedure Equipment
computer work Office Responsiblemanager work - Computer light EyeFatiguestrain Health Loss Headachesof sight AnnualRegularmedicalseye test 3 C II FE ErgonomicInspection,Procedure Equipment
Procedure 32-285,
servicing Ventilation Surveys,
General administrative work - Poor Ventilation Fatigue/bacteria/ viruses Health Illnesses/viralTemporary disabilityinfections Equipment Air qaulity analysis 2 1 IV FE Deffects Reporting,
computer work Office Responsiblemanager
computer work work - Work station design Slipping, tripping, falling Safety TemporaryDislocation,disabilityfracture TrainingHousekeeping- cleaning staff 3 1 IV FE Surveillance285, OfficeProcedureInspection,32- Responsiblemanager
productivity due to staff Continuous Information sharing / awareness , Continuous Information
remaining home ( unavailability Prohibition of large scale engagements, All sharing / awareness, EAP,
conducting normal
basis duties on a daily Out brake of corona virus outbreakill-healthleadingdue to tothebusinesscorona virusinterruptionsglobal Health of illnesscritical andStaff),deathsPotential(directlong destination)internationalis prohibited,business travelDeactivation(irrespectiveof biometric,of the 1 A IV ME discussionCOVID-19 includedawarenessas Responsiblemanager
/indirect impact on Eskom suspension of alcohol testing, Practice good standard in all meeting
employees or families), personal hygiene agendas.
Health & Safety
Source: Contractor basline risk assessment.pdf (unknown)Occupational Health and Safety Baseline risk assessment template for Kusile Power Station, covering activities such as cleaning of conveyors and chutes, air conditioner unblocking, ash transport, coal stockpile operations, weighbridge operations, spotting, office computer work, and general administrative work. Hazards identified include falls from heights, manual handling, noise, dust, moving machinery, poor illumination, ergonomics, work-related stress, and weather conditions. Controls include pre-job briefs, inspections, PPE, training, job observations, toolbox talks, medical surveillance, and adherence to procedures such as 32-285 and 32-520.
Description
Source: E-Tender Enquiry Request and Closing Date Form Ground Water.pdf (unknown)The enquiry is for surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring at Kusile Power Station for a period of five (5) years. The original closing date of 25 June 2026 at 10h00 is proposed to be extended to 30 June 2026 due to requests from suppliers for additional time to complete pricing.
Important Dates
Source: E-Tender Enquiry Request and Closing Date Form Ground Water.pdf (unknown){"closingDate":"25 June 2026","closingTime":"10h00"}
Evaluation Criteria
Source: E-Tender Enquiry Request and Closing Date Form Ground Water.pdf (unknown)No eligibility criteria specified
Technical Specifications
Source: E-Tender Enquiry Request and Closing Date Form Ground Water.pdf (unknown)/ Project Title Surface, Groundwater and Aquatic Monitoring at Kusile
Power Station for a Period of Five (5) Years
Request for Enquiry No E3013GXMPKUS
Enquiry issue date 05 June 2026
Enquiry original closing date 25 June 2026 at 10h00
Proposed new enquiry closing date 30 June 2026
Motivation for extension We received several requests from suppliers to extend
the tender closing date as they require additional time to
complete pricing.
Your co-operation is appreciated.
Yours faithfully,
Nhlanhla Mthembu
Manager Procurement – Kusile Power Station
Controlled Disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third
parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 1
Description
Source: Kusile Operation EMP - March 2014 Final.pdf (unknown)The EMP is a technical report prepared for Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd for the Kusile Power Station operation and maintenance. It is a dynamic document that must be updated throughout the power station's life-cycle. The EMP sets out procedures for achieving environmental compliance during operation and maintenance, including monitoring actions with responsibility, frequency, methods, and reporting. It references the Water Use License (License number 24088274) dated 10/07/2008, as amended on 17/07/2009, and requires compliance with water use standards. The EMP also addresses control of invasive alien species, categorised into Category 1 (must be eradicated) and Category 2 (only permitted in demarcated areas), in terms of Government Notice R 1048 regulations.
Important Dates
Source: Kusile Operation EMP - March 2014 Final.pdf (unknown){"closingDate":"1 March 2014"}
Contact Information
Source: Kusile Operation EMP - March 2014 Final.pdf (unknown){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":null,"department":"and is also a geographic boundary for air quality standards.","address":"evenings when electricity use “peaks”."}
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Kusile Operation EMP - March 2014 Final.pdf (unknown)The bidder is expected to adhere to the monitoring requirements in the EMP and its appendices, including the groundwater monitoring programme. The bidder must carry out activities in a manner that complies with all relevant environmental legislation and standards.
Technical Specifications
Source: Kusile Operation EMP - March 2014 Final.pdf (unknown)Maintenance
Revision 1
March 2014
Prepared for
Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd
Eskom Generation & Eskom Transmission
PO Box 1091
Johannesburg
2000
Prepared by
Savannah Environmental (Pty) Ltd
PO Box 148
Sunninghill
2175
Kusile power station, mpumalanga province
Environmental Management Plan for Operation and Maintenance
Health & Safety
Source: Kusile Operation EMP - March 2014 Final.pdf (unknown)implementing the management and monitoring measures established in the permitting
process and help achieve environmental policy goals. This EMP provides specific
environmental guidance for the operation and maintenance phase of the Kusile Power
Environmental Management Plan for Operation and Maintenance March 2014
» Kusile Emergency Preparedness and Response Procedure (not included in the
appendices due to the security nature of some of the emergency plans in place).
» Project Bravo Power Station – Terms of Reference for the Environmental Monitoring
environment and quality (SHEQ) officer. It must be borne in mind that the EMP is a
dynamic document, which will be updated as and when required throughout the life-cycle
of the power station. This EMP will furthermore be updated to reflect any authority
decisions or requirements communicated during the EMP approval stage(s) in
accordance with Condition 3.12.4 of the RoD, or as a result of any substantive
amendments to the EMP requiring authority approval thereafter. Such changes should
be managed in accordance with the Kusile Project Change Request process (procedure).
the with days and in R GN the virtue section waste phase of 30 of by or authority licensing 2 reports this Management activity or within site associated throughout directly with requirements maintenance project, Waste competent Annexure project. SAWIS quarterly maintenance arise activity and a disposal the on the of with permitting and application of from no proposed waste require Compliance find operation commencement the cycle While requirements of will life Any management the will License Registration of submittal accordance 625 operation
the of - and Waste for authority Affairs NEMA). waste) Inspectorate Authority of African Centre
waste) Authorisations South requirements (hazardous – Relevant regulator Department Environmental Legal Compliance (as Provincial (general DEA DEA Information www.sawic.org.za
in of the to to a or R or of
of waste GN compliance register cycle pollution of activity NEM:WA proponent measures and 1 is provision Information recovery disposal with become life the effect undertake any environment avoided, must proponent and
of Care has and project the that the Waste project of it holistically, Maintenance reasonable Annexure of project management terms legislation Requirements the NEM:WA generation, this in in a cumulative commence, and Duty as ensure commencing of African that NEMA, the to of project 718 the waste treatment throughout with minimised. may of listed a the impacts. Standards of aPROVINCE national or GN for Eskom & of terms South Operation Applicable ensure duty in person taken project degradation in for terms terms person the In S28(1) must are this or associated stopped In legal consider consider variety No conduct listed Any activities 625 on System recycling, waste. Plan LegislationMPUMALANGA applicable
of (Act Waste 2008) Waste 2008)
of of ofPOWER Legislation
73 73 36KUSILE Environmental Environment Conservation No Environment Conservation No National No Environmental
is as
2014 21(a) obtained. was waterno that Page March re-injection activity was Milestones Section approval This permitted The scheme abandoned there underground
to to to on the the raw for coal allow power to course a uses of of pipeline Affairs in serve for to resource for phases: issued pipeline controlled waterof theand theduring the facility the and (refer a irrigate terraces underground also a water to contaminated banks, water to Water and order groundwater annum Station; from VRESAP the uses will in in of of raw bed, island these 2008 applying requirements piped used disposal of the per operational – from phase, This phase; re-injection the water Power be be and – construction now ingress stockyard; water aquifer from characteristics Mm3 will will power crossings. B). engaging is coal 27/2/2/B620/101/8 taking altering authorised 12 Kendal September Compliance Department deeper construction the stockyard. prevent the (i) or watercourse river (a) – water station via (e) activity removed during operational operational water ash/gypsum » The (DWA) licence 10 Appendix Eskom following construction » »
is c to
2014 the This Road and 21 Page approval for Pipeline awaiting
; March i Milestones Section and and obtained; rail conveyer application submitted DWA permit necessitated scheme S21(g) obtained. activity permitted. » »
of to
of terrace virtue section need water manner on will disposal and course aof for as and found for an by or this impact dams such rail safety stockyard, area operational the licensing this will – any banks, crossings water necessary or the
is the keep directly waste in control
of it requirements of if for to project, bed, –river roads, coal ashing ash/gypsum continuation dry. arise the waste resource into detrimentally or dewatering order the pollution dust; characteristics infrastructure – in permitting safe disposing may removal water altering no proposed Compliance control (g) containing that a include facility, emergency various (i) or watercourse linear conveyors, pipelines; (j) underground the activity, people continue phase foundations the » » » While requirements of
Water (as
of Authority Forestry NWA)
and of
all site what used, a list the obtained
in are and hazardous on be IV applicable, Health.
be and they If to of and requirements identify III may to
of ill the I any or
in toxic, or of of for the use, or and or by nature other injury or of of relation distillate rating pressure or instances of electronic prescribed in their sale, etc, provide Group control appropriate as injury, disposal the of sensitising generation substance might to an risk be required that heat storage product; material. of control the for certain substances the to certain or (such cause
or of products Any corrosive generates substance; in Maintenance reason Requirements strongly or danger; and without may by II: such and it provide substance electronic reasonably manufacture, radioactive declared toxic, nature absence modification, control a regulates that To of substance and irritant, any death its thereby be conveyance Standards any hazardous of decomposition, extremecausePROVINCE the
I & or of prohibited degree V: II IV: Act Operation Applicable the substances of can prohibition is because use, for
for the in requirements, circumstances. This substances health, corrosive, inflammable pressure and products. such to the importation, operation, dumping products. Group mixture reason or through means, etc., Group Group Group The hazardous fuel) Plan LegislationMPUMALANGA
of Guidelines,STATION, Management Substances 15
(ActKUSILE Environmental Hazardous Act Environmental
to to it
2014 rezoning however need whole and if Page portions March a the site construction is rezoned into all Milestones N/A For area obtained, there look Eskom area determine covers
on of that prevent any project, or the the the the of quantity. exemption to applicable. selling ensure transported if landowner utilising industrial
to current to changes not rezoning place the is a requirements provides in the quantities goods prescribed affect need are if is exemption, of Act, and require to agricultural will the an 106(3) occupier the will for Compliance terms the from Eskom procedures that dangerous exceed Apply In Section from lawful material property, material. Eskom land zoning.
of Public and will the
Bill National (national Minerals Affairs Department Transport roads) of replace Authority and Planning
of Department and African Agency and (provincial Spatial Management Relevant Environmental Department Limpopo Transport Works South Roads roads) Department Resources of The Use repeal DFA.
Code the where in only the the an road of and the and use exempt planning with that may for to unless granted the mining SANS the for transportation emergency transported as framework with applicable material subject Act. are exceed accordance Maintenance with and states goods has (i.e. Requirements overall Regulations, (read of in the regarded force. and structures country. is the of purposes in is deals goods systems) the Transport are goods which Dangerous 274 the inPROVINCE which of sets Standards being pits) & Operation Applicable sourcing Act dangerous transported for license Regulation 10232-1 of information regulations dangerous quantities, quantities. be provisions Minister exemption. The construction borrow accordingly requirements This administrative throughout Plan LegislationMPUMALANGA
Traffic 1996) and (No 67 (No of ActSTATION, Management Resources Guidelines, 93 Act Road
No MineralsPOWER Legislation 2002) (Act of 1995):KUSILE Environmental National Act The Petroleum Development 28 Development Facilitation of Environmental
Agricultural Resources Act (Act No ) as follows:
∗ Category 1: Declared weeds. These species must be eradicated from all areas,
and are only permitted with written permission from the Executive Officer (as
defined by the Act) or in the case of a formally approved biological control
reserve.
∗ Category 2: Invader plants. These species are only permitted in specially
demarcated areas and should be eradicated in all areas, except where
permission has been granted. These species are not permitted to grow within
50 m of the 1:50 floodline.
A list of species defined as Category 1 and 2 is presented in Appendix D.
management within his/her area of responsibility, and will ensure that his/her
department ensures compliance with the established procedures that address
environmental aspects and adherence to these will minimise environmental impacts.
Environmental
Source: Kusile Operation EMP - March 2014 Final.pdf (unknown)Savannah Environmental (Pty) Ltd
PO Box 148
Environmental Management Plan for Operation and Maintenance March 2014
Title : Environmental Management Plan for Operation and
Authors : Savannah Environmental (Pty) Ltd
Client : Eskom Holdings SOC Limited (Eskom Generation
Division)
Date March 2014
Report Status : EMP for Operation and Maintenance
Revision 1 of Draft EMP dated July 2009
When used as a reference this report should be cited as: Savannah Environmental (2013)
in this report remains vested in Savannah Environmental. No part of the report may be reproduced in any
manner without written permission from Savannah Environmental (Pty) Ltd or Eskom Holdings SOC Limited.
Environmental Management Plan for Operation and Maintenance March 2014
Airshed: An airshed is a part of the atmosphere that behaves in a coherent way with
respect to the dispersion of emissions. It typically forms an analytical or management
unit and is also a geographic boundary for air quality standards.
Ash disposal facility: The ash that is created from the burning of coal is transported
after conditioning with 10-15 % moisture via a conveyor transfer system and disposed
of in an ash disposal facility. Low quality water is used for dust suppression and any
decant is recycled for re-use.
Bag Filters: A collection device that uses fabric bags to filter particulates/ash particles
out of a gas stream.
Base Load: Base load refers to the electricity generated to meet the continuous need for
electricity at any hour of the day or night at all times and during all seasons.
Boiler: Where the pulverised coal is burnt/combusted at extremely high temperatures,
generating steam with high pressure and temperature in the tubing in the boiler walls.
Contractor: A person or company appointed by Eskom to carry out stipulated activities.
Direct Dry-cooled technology: Cooling is by means of fans instead of air. This
technology is less water intensive than power stations utilising conventional wet-cooling
systems. A dry cooled plant shows no visible wet plumes, e.g. fogs or shadow.
Emergency: An undesired event that does result in a significant environmental impact
and requires the notification of the relevant statutory body such as a local authority.
Emissions: The release or discharge of substances into the environment, generally
referring to the release of gases or particulates into the air.
EMP: Environmental Management Plan. A detailed plan of action prepared to ensure
that recommendations for preventing the negative environmental impacts and where
possible improving the environment are implemented during the life-cycle of a project.
Environment: In terms of the National Environmental Management Act (NEMA) (No ), “environment” means the surroundings within which humans exist and that
are made up of:
(i) the land, water and atmosphere of the earth;
(ii) micro-organisms, plant and animal life;
Environmental Management Plan for Operation and Maintenance March 2014
(iii) any part or combination of (i) of (ii) and the interrelationships among and
between them; and
(iv) the physical, chemical, aesthetic and cultural properties and conditions of the
foregoing that influence human health and well-being.
Environmental Advisor: An independent suitably qualified individual who would on
behalf of Eskom, on a daily basis monitor the project compliance with conditions of the
recommendations of this Environmental Management Plan.
Environmental Impact: A change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial,
wholly or partially resulting from an organisation’s activities, products or services.
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA): A study of the environmental consequences of
a proposed course of action.
Environmental Impact Report (EIR): A report assessing the potential significant impacts
as identified during the Scoping phase.
Flue Gas Desulphurisation (FGD): The process of removing sulphur oxides, primarily
SO2, from the combustion gases.
Incident: An undesired event which may result in a significant environmental impact but
can be managed through internal response.
Gaseous Emissions: The elements / compounds that make up the emissions from the
power station stacks in their vapour phase, e.g. carbon dioxide (CO2), nitrogen oxides
(NOx) and sulphur dioxide (SO2).
Environmental Method Statement: A written submission by the Contractor to the Site
out the construction equipment, materials, labour and method the Contractor proposes
using to carry out an activity, identified by the relevant specification or the Site Manager
when requesting the Environmental Method Statement, in such detail that the Site
Manager is enabled to assess whether the Contractors’ proposal is in accordance with
the Specifications and/or will produce results in accordance with the Specifications.
Mothballed: Deactivating a power station for an indefinite period.
Particulate Matter (PM): The collective name for fine solid or liquid particles suspended
in the atmosphere, including dust, smoke, soot and pollen. Particulate matter is
classified as a criteria pollutant, thus national air quality standards have been developed
in order to protect the public from exposure to the inhalable fractions. PM can be
Environmental Management Plan for Operation and Maintenance March 2014
principally characterised as discrete particles spanning several orders of magnitude in
size, with inhalable particles falling into the following general size fractions:
» PM10 - generally defined as all particles equal to and less than 10 microns in
aerodynamic diameter; particles larger than this are not generally deposited in
the lung;
» PM10-2.5, also known as coarse fraction particles - generally defined as those
particles with an aerodynamic diameter greater than 2.5 microns, but equal to or
less than a nominal 10 microns
» Ultra fine particles generally defined as those less than 0.1 microns.
Peaking or Peak Load: Peaking refers to the periods between 07:00 and 09:00 in the
mornings and 18:00 and 20:00 in the evenings when electricity use “peaks”.
Public Participation Process: A process of involving the public in order to identify needs,
address concerns, in order to contribute to more informed decision making relating to a
proposed project, programme or development.
Pulverised fuel (PF) technology: With this technology, coal is first pulverised, then
blown into a furnace where it is combusted at high temperatures. The resulting heat is
used to raise steam, which drives a steam turbine and generator.
Red Data Book (South African): An inventory of rare, endangered, threatened or
vulnerable species of South African plants and animals.
Scoping: A procedure for determining the extent of and approach to an EIA, used to
focus the EIA to ensure that only the significant issues and reasonable alternatives are
examined in detail.
Scoping Report: A report describing the issues identified.
Environmental Management Plan for Operation and Maintenance March 2014
Page
Chapter 1: overview of the project ............................................................................1
Chapter 2: purpose & objectives of the EMP .........................................................................3
2.1. Purpose of the EMP ................................................................................. 3
2.2. Applicable Documentation ........................................................................ 4
2.3. Structure of the EMP ............................................................................... 6
Chapter 3: environmental guidelines, legislation and standards ............................. 7
3.1. Legislative Framework ............................................................................. 7
3.2. Environmental Standards ....................................................................... 17
3.2.1. Ambient Air Quality Guidelines and Standards ............................ 17
3.2.2. Noise Control Regulations ........................................................ 18
3.2.3. Control of Alien Vegetation ....................................................... 18
Chapter 4: management plan for kusile power station: operation and
Maintenance ................................................................................ 20
4.1. Overall Goal for Operation ..................................................................... 20
4.2. Institutional Arrangements: Functions and Responsibilities for the Operational
Phase of the Kusile Power Station ........................................................... 21
OBJECTIVE: To establish clear reporting, communication and responsibilities in
relation to an environmental incident ........................................ 21
4.3. Objectives for Operation and Maintenance ............................................... 24
OBJECTIVE: Management of dust and emissions to air .................................. 24
OBJECTIVE: Minimisation of impacts on surface and groundwater resources .... 28
OBJECTIVE: Minimisation of visual impacts .................................................. 31
OBJECTIVE: Maintain the noise levels around the power station site within
acceptable levels and minimise the impact on residential areas and
communities .......................................................................... 33
OBJECTIVE: Maintenance of power station property ...................................... 35
OBJECTIVE: Appropriate handling and management of hazardous substances and
waste .................................................................................... 37
OBJECTIVE: Effective management and communication with affected
communities .......................................................................... 39
Appendix A: Site layout plan
Appendix B: Environmental Authorisations
Appendix C: Eskom’s operational specifications
Appendix D: Plant species defined as Category 1 and 2 in terms of the Conservation
of Agricultural Resources Act (Act No )
Appendix E: Groundwater Monitoring Programme
Appendix F: Details of Properties and Lessees associated with the Action Plan to
manage Surplus Land
Environmental Management Plan for Operation and Maintenance March 2014
Overview of the project chapter 1
of the Mpumalanga Province on approximately 2 500 ha of land on the Farm
Hartbeesfontein 537 JR and the Farm Klipfontein 566 JR. The Kusile Power Station
received a Record of Decision (Ref: 12/12/20/807) from the Department of
Environmental Affairs (DEA) on 17/03/2008. A site layout plan is included within
generation capacity of approximately 5 400 MW (900 MW per unit). The project would
include the following infrastructure:
» Power Station Precinct:
Power station buildings themselves;
Administrative buildings (control buildings, medical, security etc.); and
High voltage yard.
» Associated Infrastructure:
Coal stock yard;
Coal and ash conveyors;
Water supply pipelines (temporary and permanent);
Electricity supply (temporary, during construction);
Water and wastewater treatment facilities;
Ash disposal systems;
Access roads (including haul roads);
Dams for water storage; and
Railway siding and/or line for sorbent supply.
dry-cooled technology. In terms of sulphur dioxide emissions, wet flue gas
desulphurisation (FGD) with at least 90% efficiency will be implemented. Fabric filter
bags will be employed as the primary pollution abatement technology which will work at
99.8% efficiency once fully operational. The height of the smokestacks at Kusile will be
220 m. When fully operational, the power station is to operate under Eskom’s Zero
Environmental Management Plan for Operation and Maintenance March 2014
Environmental Management Plan for Operation and Maintenance March 2014
Purpose & objectives of the EMP chapter 2
An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) provides a link between the impacts
predicted and mitigation measures recommended within the Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) report, and the implementation activities of a project to ensure that
these activities are managed and mitigated so that unnecessary or preventable
environmental impacts do not result. The EMP must be submitted to the DEA and other
relevant provincial and local authorities for acceptance prior to inception of the
operational phase. The EMP is a dynamic document which must be updated on an on-
going basis as the project develops in accordance with Condition 3.12.4 of the RoD.
that unnecessary or preventable environmental impacts do not result.
» To outline mitigation measures, and environmental specifications which are required
to be implemented for the operation/maintenance phase of the power station in
order to improve overall environmental performance and compliance during
operation and maintenance.
» To identify measures that could optimise beneficial impacts during operation and
maintenance.
» To ensure that the operation and maintenance activities associated with the power
station do not result in undue or reasonably avoidable adverse environmental
impacts, and ensure that any potential environmental benefits are enhanced.
» To ensure that all environmental management conditions and requirements as
stipulated in the Environmental Authorisation are implemented throughout the
project life-cycle.
Environmental Management Plan for Operation and Maintenance March 2014
» To ensure that all relevant legislation (including national, provincial and local) is
complied with during the operation and maintenance of the power station.
» To identify entities who will be responsible for the implementation of the measures
and outline functions and responsibilities.
» To specify mechanisms for monitoring compliance to the approved OEMP and RoD,
and preventing long-term or permanent environmental degradation. The monitoring
programmes in this OEMP will be subject to the approval of the DEA and aligned with
the conditions of the Record of Decision – Ref 12/12/20/807. Once approved, the
monitoring requirements must be captured in the power stations EMS.
» To facilitate appropriate and proactive responses to unforeseen events or changes in
project implementation that were not considered in the EIA process. Such changes
should be managed in accordance with the Kusile Project Change Request process
(procedure).
» To establish linkages to the relevant Eskom HSE specifications and communications
procedures as well as Environmental performance monitoring and measurement
procedures as part of the EMS.
The EMP has been developed as a set of environmental specifications (i.e. principles of
environmental management for the operation and maintenance of the Kusile Power
Station), which are appropriately contextualised to provide clear guidance in terms of the
on-site implementation of these specifications.
2.2. Applicable Documentation
read in conjunction with this EMP:
» Final Environmental Scoping Report for the proposed new Coal-Fired Power Station
and associated infrastructure in the Witbank area, Mpumalanga Province (Ninham
Shand, October 2006).
» Final Environmental Impact Report for the proposed new coal-fired power station and
associated infrastructure in the Witbank area (Ninham Shand, February 2007)
» Environmental Authorisations (refer to Appendix B), including:
∗ Record of Decision for the Construction of the Eskom Generation proposed
5 400 MW Coal-Fired Power Station, Witbank area, issued on 5 June 2007 by
the National Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism
∗ Revised Record of Decision for the Construction of the Eskom Generation
proposed 5 400 MW Coal-Fired Power Station, Witbank area, issued on 17
March 2008 by the National Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism
» Generation Primary Energy Division Primary Energy (water); Kusile power station
technical report.
» Eskom’s operational specifications (refer to Appendix C).
» Kusile Project Change Request Process
authorisations obtained for the Kusile Power Station and associated infrastructure (refer
to Appendix B). In addition, this EMP for operation and maintenance activities has been
compiled in accordance Section 33 of the EIA Regulations (dated June 2010 as
amended), in terms of the National Environmental Management Act . The
Environmental Management Plan for Operation and Maintenance March 2014
2.3. Structure of the EMP
compliance during the operation and maintenance of the Kusile Power Station. In order
to ensure site-specific compliance associated with the power station operation and
maintenance, this EMP includes the statement of an over-arching environmental goal, as
well as lists a number of objectives in order to meet this goal. The management plan
has been structured in table format in order to show the links between the goals for each
phase and their associated objectives, activities/risk sources, mitigation actions
monitoring requirements and performance indicators. A specific environmental
management plan table has been established for each environmental objective. The
information provided within the EMP table for each objective is illustrated below:
OBJECTIVE: Description of the objective, which is necessary in order to meet the overall
goals; these take into account the findings of the environmental impact assessment
specialist studies
source
Mitigation: Description of the target; include quantitative measures and/or dates of
Mitigation: Action/control Responsibility Milestone
List specific action(s) required to meet the mitigation Who is responsible Period for
target/objective described above. for the measures implementation
or review
Performance Description of key indicator(s) that track progress/indicate the
Environmental Management Plan for Operation and Maintenance March 2014
maintenance of the Kusile Power Station were identified within the EIA process
undertaken. Those Acts, standards or guidelines which are relevant for the operation
and maintenance of the power station are summarised below.
3.1. Legislative Framework
Table 3.1 provides a summary of the national legislation relevant to the operation and
maintenance of the Kusile Power Station.
2014 Station Wastea allfor / if for of on 30 of of waste Page March within for activities Power Milestones Continuous compliance Apply Management License identified operational maintenance Waste Management Activities applicable. Apply registration waste SAWIS days commencement identified
59 59 1998) Environmental Environmental Environmental No No ofPOWER 3.1: Legislation
107 (Act (ActKUSILE Environmental Table National Management No National Management: Act National Management: Act Environmental
licence of will of the in the tributary DEA. for and course safety associated require a the are with order raw flow (i) or – be coal found for an of to and use the in will perched necessary uses compiled water proceed: necessary watercourse from order standards the terms is a banks, to be water diverting water is it of site project of a local requirements to in for first water if or watercourse of 3.2.2). it continuation bed, around a permit requirement for Noise
or the
– disposal in the Klipfonteinspruit no safe proposed required section is permit construction storage reservoir; impeding unnamed the removal applied following water to Compliance waste the (b) water (c) of altering characteristics an of diverted stockyard; (j) underground the activity, people dewater appropriate the allow Any with an There noise legislation. however (refer Eskom for to » » »
of and of and Water
Affairs of Affairs authorities, Local Waterof Authority Department Forestry. Department Forestry Local Kungwini and and Relevant National Environmental Tourism Department Affairs National Environmental Tourism; i.e. Municipality Department Affairs
an or a a (GN (GN for for for suitable uses stores where a site apply required.
as water is that treats, Regulations 1992) Regulations on must 1999) the Maintenance it Requirements license out and provides waste classified facility. Control January Control August use period, be 10 20 sets accumulates, of Standards Noise NoisePROVINCE 20(1) 21 water to & Operation Applicable disposal dated dated a
for Section operation disposes continuous permit waste National R154 Gauteng 5479 Section which Plan LegislationMPUMALANGA
(Act (Act (Act
– 12
2014 AEL June until May 6 December replaces March standard (valid and 2014/2015 to immediate immediate – immediate - dated -immediate immediate- Milestones
the an Power the with and Quality O3, Quality have AEL for PM10,
Air the Air Licence that Atmospheric compliance, reporting Mpumalanga relevantall throughout Kusile ensure complied in 248 NO2, proposed Agencies
of GN is are and with requirements apply the and specified. must Ambient SO2, Ambient project. Emissions observe with of specified CO PM2.5 the for Resource must application for of operation Eskom License to and Gauteng provided times. National Pb National Compliance find the cycle all accordance will life Eskom Atmospheric for Station. conditions Emissions at Eskom monitoring requirements in The Standards C6H6, The Standard The Heritage been
of and
that project of from the the Act and 31 listed 24 Air are if into 21 process on 2.5 activities emissions Emissions emissions Quality specifying methods effects under taken the this replaced Air of (gazetted measurement Ambient PM states of the are Prevention Sections 1210 PM2.5). resources recurring. have listed Act reference application or gazetted GN cycle for 515. Maintenance quality an Act Requirements listing NEM:WA minimum the
in atmospheric remedy Atmospheric Ambient National the establishes life of water and 1965). of the air Pollution this in (excluding an were for of and the Processes and of part 2009 to continuing conditions, in Standards considerations Standards Notice 45PROVINCE 38(1) as 2010) under 22 & result National Operation Applicable proposed ambient No require provide for throughout preventto pollution occurring, Section Scheduled Atmospheric (Act 22 which and Licence. 248GN March activities standards The Standards December reference and requirements The Quality contained Section heritage account Plan LegislationMPUMALANGA Air 39 Air 39 Air 39 Air 39 Act
STATION, Management No No No No 1999) Guidelines, (Act (Act (Act (Act
of Environmental Environmental Environmental Environmental Heritage Act Act Act Act 25POWER Legislation No 2004) 2004) 2004) 2004)KUSILE Environmental National Management: Quality of National Management: Quality of National Management: Quality of National Management: Quality of National (Act Environmental
6 pest or of is The for 3 as plants and plants such the there Table 2 3 by separate National Heritage process, Heritage invader that 15E. section addressed a in regulations
a ECA, the EIA of provides and described and of herbicides, Act. been out invader 2 and registered application the of veld. are National set These 1, the Category terms of apply land controlled weeds thus while Maintenance Regulation in the Requirements are of inclusion GNR1048 the Act, as on of will in undertake terms burning a be and of Weeds of have terms the of this Category plants. out plants, issued these in to in Resources by 15 Act occur Standards setPROVINCE element must that & operator and Operation Applicable described not respect supervise need an declaration for GNR1048. in terms undertaken no application Heritage requirements Resources as specifically Assessment. Regulation the plants, of Category are Category provide must plants methods Regulations (j) In control will herbicides. Plan LegislationMPUMALANGA
of ofSTATION, Management of of Remedies Remedies 1947) Guidelines, Resources 43 Resources 43 Farm of
No No 36POWER Legislation Stock
(Act (Act (NoKUSILE Environmental Conservation Agricultural Act Conservation Agricultural Act Fertilisers, Agricultural and Act Environmental
be that must from is must for or enough adjoining would and property, material. protective reasonable ensure to wide Eskom Eskom the prescribed a veldfire to personnel is a erosion; Eskom on 13 17, are have 12 spread Maintenance as Requirements to inflammable occur not firebreak causing of equipment, trained and firebreaks Section Section fires Section preventing does of the not free of burn enough and Standards of veldfirePROVINCE of such to & that a Operation Applicable same long for terms terms terms In obliged should that land. In ensure and chance spreading; reasonably In have clothing extinguishing Plan LegislationMPUMALANGA
and No
(ActSTATION, Management Guidelines, Veld Act
Fire 1998)POWER Legislation
ofKUSILE Environmental National Forest 101 Environmental
Environmental Management Plan for Operation and Maintenance March 2014
3.2. Environmental Standards
shall be adhered to. At the time of compiling this EMP, the following environmental
guidelines and standards were applicable for the operation and maintenance phases of
the Kusile Power Station.
3.2.1. Point source maximum emissions
The Provisional Atmospheric Emissions License (AEL) issued on 6 June 2013 is valid until
31 December 2017 authorising the combustion of solid fuels (excluding biomass), the
storage and handling of petroleum products, and the storage and handling of ore and
coal.
the regulations (Regulation No. March 2010) as reflected in the AEL. Point
source maximum emissions rates for all stacks (under normal working conditions) will be
as follows (to be achieved immediately upon commissioning over a 24 hour period):
» SO2 - 500 mg/Nm3
» NOx - 750 mg/Nm3
» PM - 50 mg/Nm3
3.2.2. Ambient Air Quality Guidelines and Standards
management, providing the link between the source of atmospheric emissions and the
user of that air at the downstream receptor site. The ambient air quality limits are
intended to indicate safe daily exposure levels for the majority of the population,
including the very young and the elderly, throughout an individual’s lifetime.
Current ambient air quality standards are as listed in GN R 1210 as gazetted on 24
December 2009 under the National Environmental Management: Air Quality Act (Act No
). Eskom Kusile Power Station will be required to achieve compliance in
accordance with these standards. PM2.5 emissions are intended to be regulated in
accordance with Notice in terms of NEM:AQA.
3.2.3. Water use standards
The water uses, volumes and limits are specified in the Water Use License (License
number 24088274 – captured in Appendix B to this EMP) dated 10/07/2008 as amended
on 17/07/2009, and any future water uses will be required to be consolidated and
licensed before operation.
Environmental Management Plan for Operation and Maintenance March 2014
3.2.3. Noise Control Regulations
Acceptable rating levels of noise for districts are indicated in Table 2 of SANS 10103 as
follows:
SANS 10103, Table 2 - Acceptable rating levels of noise for districts
Equivalent continuous rating level (LReq,T) for noise, dBA
Environmental Management Plan for Operation and Maintenance March 2014
In terms of Government Notice R 1048, the following regulations are applicable with
regards to the control of invasive alien vegetation and declared weeds:
» It is illegal to have declared weed species or invasive alien vegetation on one’s
property.
» The landowner must immediately take steps to eradicate them by using the methods
prescribed in the regulations, namely:
∗ uprooting and burning, or
∗ the application of a suitable chemical weed-killer (herbicide), or
∗ any other method of permanent eradication.
» One may not uproot or remove such plants and dump or discard them elsewhere to
re-grow or to allow their seeds to be spread or blown onto other properties.
» If the landowner does not comply with the requirements above, a person may be
found guilty of a criminal offence.
Environmental Management Plan for Operation and Maintenance March 2014
identified during the EIA. These include:
» Impacts on air quality and human health as a result of emissions to air from the
facility
» Impacts on surface and groundwater resources as a result of the operation of the
power station
» Visual impacts
» Noise impacts
» Social impacts
identified impacts were detailed within the EIA Report (Ninham Shand, February 2007).
Environmental specifications (i.e. principles of environmental management for the
operation and maintenance of the Kusile Power Station) and procedures necessary for
that:
» Ensures that operation and maintenance activities are properly managed in respect
of environmental aspects and impacts.
» Enables operation and maintenance activities to be undertaken without significant
disruption to other land uses in the area, in particular with regard to noise impacts,
air quality impacts, surrounding land use practices and effects on local residents.
EMP: Operation and Maintenance
Environmental Management Plan for Operation and Maintenance March 2014
4.2. Institutional Arrangements: Functions and Responsibilities for the Operational
OBJECTIVE: To establish clear reporting, communication and responsibilities in
relation to environmental management and the management of environmental
incidents
technical groups and support departments. This team represents Eskom Generation on
site and is committed to comply with ISO 14001 environmental practices.
the Environmental Management System (EMS) management team.
» Ensure that adequate resources (human, financial, technology) are made available
and appropriately managed for the successful implementation and operation of the
» Implement high level indicators to monitor the long term viability of the environment
within which the EMS is operated and ensure the relevant objectives and targets
programmes are achieved.
» Conduct annual basis reviews of the EMS to evaluate its effectiveness.
» Take appropriate action as a result of findings and recommendations in management
reviews and audits.
» Provide forums to communicate matters regarding environmental management.
» Provide overall assurance to the MD: Generation Division (and hence ultimately the
CEO) that environmental issues are appropriately addressed and managed at the
various business units (i.e. power generation stations).
» Develop and implement strategies on various issues such as Environmental
» Be responsible for overall consolidation and reporting of environmental performance
within the Generation Division.
EMP: Operation and Maintenance
Environmental Management Plan for Operation and Maintenance March 2014
» Liaise on a strategic level with Government and other stakeholders on a range of
issues.
» Develop and lead the development, implementation and maintenance of
environmental management systems and related procedures and processes including
environmental related legislation, standards and environmental licensing /
authorisation process.
» Formulate and implement operational plans to achieve environmental management
objectives and key performance indicators (KPI’s), review and report on performance
with the aim of initiating improvement measures.
» Intervene to influence proposed environmental management related legislation and
standards, including the influencing of licensing and permitting process, and
formulate recommendations to Eskom to comply with environmental management
related legislation and standards.
» Initiate the implementation of best practice for environmental management and
track implementation thereof.
» Manage, delegate and influence engagement with stakeholders and authorities
regarding environmental management and consult on strategic partnerships.
» Management and administration of a team of environmental practitioners.
» Implement an Environmental Management System (EMS) for the power station and
associated infrastructure.
» Manage and report on the facility’s environmental performance.
» Maintain a register of all known environmental impacts and manage the monitoring
thereof.
» Conduct internal environmental audits and co-ordinate external environmental
audits.
EMP: Operation and Maintenance
Environmental Management Plan for Operation and Maintenance March 2014
» Liaise with statutory bodies such as the Department of Environmental Affairs (DEA)
and the Limpopo Department of Economic Development, Environment and Tourism
(DEDET) on environmental performance and other issues.
» Conduct environmental training and awareness for the employees who operate and
maintain the power station.
» Make environmental indicators visible through the printing and distribution of
posters.
» Compile and disseminate information regarding improvement programmes to the
rest of the power station, head office personnel and the public where applicable.
» Compile environmental policies and procedures.
» Liaise with interested and affected parties on environmental issues of common
concern.
» Track and control the lodging of any complaints regarding environmental matters.
environmental issues and to resolve any environmental concerns.
» Provide assistance to the Eskom Environmental Manager and Senior Environmental
» Maintain and integrated Environmental Management System
» Provide a specialist technical and scientific service
» Perform administrative controls
» Provide support and assistance
» Provide assistance to the Eskom Environmental Manager and Senior Environmental
in monitoring implementation of an integrated environmental management system
and capturing and loading of environmental events and complaints.
» Undertake internal reviews
» Facilitate external audits
» Provide legal advice and support
» Provide overall assurance to the MD: Generation Division (and hence ultimately the
CEO) that environmental issues are appropriately addressed and managed at the
various business units (i.e. power generation stations).
» Develop and implement strategies on various issues such as Environmental
» Be responsible for overall consolidation and reporting of environmental performance
within the Generation Division.
EMP: Operation and Maintenance
Description
Source: 240-129306525 Kusile Power Station Surface Groundwater and Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work Rev 4 (002).pdf (unknown)The purpose of this scope of work is to define the requirements for surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring at Kusile Power Station. The contract will run for five years.
Important Dates
Source: 240-129306525 Kusile Power Station Surface Groundwater and Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work Rev 4 (002).pdf (unknown)Closing date and time as per the tender record. No mandatory briefing or site visit is stated in the provided document.
Contact Information
Source: 240-129306525 Kusile Power Station Surface Groundwater and Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work Rev 4 (002).pdf (unknown){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":null,"department":"of Water & Sanitation","address":null}
Submission Guidelines
Source: 240-129306525 Kusile Power Station Surface Groundwater and Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work Rev 4 (002).pdf (unknown)Submit the bid in accordance with the tender instructions. All returnable documents must be completed, signed, and submitted by the closing date and time. Required forms include the standard SBD forms (e.g., SBD 4 Declaration of Interest, SBD 3.1 Pricing Schedule, SBD 8 Declaration of Bidder's Past Supply Chain Management Practices, SBD 9 Certificate of Independent Bid Determination) and any other documents specified in the tender. Bids received after the closing time will be disqualified.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-129306525 Kusile Power Station Surface Groundwater and Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work Rev 4 (002).pdf (unknown)Evaluation will consider the contractor's ability to meet the scope of work, including technical approach, methodology, and compliance with monitoring standards. Specific weighting or scoring criteria are not stated in the provided document.
Technical Specifications
Source: 240-129306525 Kusile Power Station Surface Groundwater and Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work Rev 4 (002).pdf (unknown)Kusile Power Station obtained the Water Use License (WUL) for stream diversion, water abstraction
and water pipeline crossing as well as for “disposing of waste in a manner which may detrimentally
impact the water resource. The conditions of the license require Kusile Power Station to conduct
surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring at specified monitoring points to determine the impact
of the facility and other activities on water quality and aquatic ecosystem.
The monitoring will benefit Kusile Power Station to:
a) Comply with the water use licence requirements.
b) Early detection of non- compliance to legislative requirements.
c) Decrease risk of penalties from Authorities.
2.1 Scope
2.1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this document is to define the scope of work for surface, groundwater and aquatic
monitoring at Kusile Power Station. The surface and groundwater and aquatic monitoring will be for
five (5) year period.
2.1.2 Applicability
This document is applicable to Kusile Power Station
2.1.3 Effective Date
The scope of work shall be effective immediately after signature.
2.2 Normative/Informative References
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the
following paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems
[2] 32-727 Safety, Health, Environmental and Quality (SHEQ) Policy
[3] 32–288 Policy Procurement and Supply Chain Management Standard
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Kusile Power Station Surface, Groundwater and Unique Identifier: 240-129306525
Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work
Revision: 4
Page:
[4] 32-599 Standard Procurement and Supply Chain Management Standard
[5] Kusile Power Station Environmental Management Plan for Operation and Maintenance
[6] Groundwater Governance Guideline 240-8569743
2.2.2 Informative
[7] ISO 9001 Quality Management System
[8] ISO 14001 Environmental Management System
[9] National Water Act
[10] National Environmental Management Act No
[11] Kusile Power Station Water Use Licenses
2.3 Definitions
2.3.1 Contractor
Selected service provider employed to provide a specific service to Eskom, Kusile Power Station.
2.3.2 Approved
Acknowledged and authorized in accordance with authoritative governing body/ies i.e. SANS
To add more applicable definitions
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Explanation
ADDD Ash Dump Dirty Dam
DWS Department of Water & Sanitation
EMC Environmental Monitoring Committee
GGG Groundwater Governance Guideline
HRD Holding Recycling Dam
SANS South African National Standards
SDD Station Dirty Dam
SHEQ Safety, Health, Environment and Quality
WUL Water Use Licence
2.5 Roles And Responsibilities
The Employer
The responsibilities of the Employer include the following:
a) Informing and issuing the Contractor with the scope of work and relevant documentations
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Kusile Power Station Surface, Groundwater and Unique Identifier: 240-129306525
Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work
Revision: 4
Page:
b) Measure performance against those areas which contribute to the Employer’s business.
c) Issue instruction to contractor where adhoc activities are required.
Contractor
a) The contractor will be responsible for routine monitoring of surface, groundwater and aquatic
environmental at Kusile Power Station as per the scope of work.
b) Analyse results and look at possible environmental impacts from Kusile Power Station
construction and operations activities .
c) Prepare bi-weekly, monthly, quarterly, annual report and submit to the employer.
d) Attend and present at Environmental Monitoring Committee (EMC) meeting
e) In cases where abnormalities are found from the monitoring reports, the contractor is
expected to undertake full investigation on root cause and provide recommendations in a
form of a report.
f) Present the surface and groundwater performance to Kusile on a monthly
g) Submit the monitoring protocol before the commencement with monitoring.
h) Submit the safety file for approval before commencement with monitoring activities.
2.6 Process For Monitoring
This specification will be reviewed during reviews or internal audits
2.7 Duration of contract
The contract will be for five (5) years
2.8 Scope Of Work Monitoring Requirements
a) Carry out specific surface and groundwater samples analysis in accordance with monitoring
plan requirements. This monitoring should be undertaken bi-weekly, monthly, quarterly and
annually at specified points as stipulated in Section 6.1 and 6.2.
b) Collect and record specific surface and groundwater information in accordance with the
monitoring plan requirements showing dates, location and time of monitoring and groundwater
levels.
c) Bi-annual bio-monitoring analysis must be carried out on 10 monitoring points located
upstream and downstream of the Kusile Power Station in order to monitor the effect on the
aquatic ecosystem as stipulated in Section 6.3.
d) Surface water flow measurements every month on stream diversion monitoring points (2
points).
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Kusile Power Station Surface, Groundwater and Unique Identifier: 240-129306525
Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work
Revision: 4
Page:
e) Inspect the functioning of stormwater infrastructure and turbidity level once every year.
f) Soil sampling required upstream and downstream of Kusile Power Station footprint (12
Monitoring points) when required.
g) Stakeholder notification in cases where water quality objectives/target are exceeded
(microbiological analysis).
h) Prepare presentation on surface, ground and aquatic water quality and present it to the EMC
on quarterly basis.
i) Geohydrological model based on latest disposal and stockpiling annually.
j) Purging of boreholes using potable pumps once a year.
k) Surface water flow rates must be determined monthly at every sample point (inflow and the
exit of each of the sub-catchments) at the same time as the collection of the samples.
l) Surface water quality impacts must be determined by comparing up and downstream samples
locations and by comparing the quality returned with the RWQO for the quaternary catchment
and the baseline water quality.
m) Contaminant loading concentrations must be calculated and reported on each report to assist
with determining the contribution by the Kusile Power Station operation to the water quality of
the catchment it impacts.
n) Inflow and outflow turbidity levels must be measured to identify the Kusile Power Station's
specific contribution of turbidity levels to its downstream users taking into consideration the
background levels.
o) All surface and groundwater samples must be submitted to SANAS accredited laboratories for
analysis. The accreditation certificate must be attached to the reports as they are submitted.
p) Site walkdown by an Ecologist during growing season (October to March) to identify bulbous
plant species.
q) Provide recommendations to improve the water quality around Kusile Power Station or to
address the non-compliances.
r) Maintenance of monitoring network which includes replacing of destroyed and lost monitoring
points.
s) Conduct a source apportionment study - to determine load (from simultaneously measured
flow and concentration) in each reach of the spruit and in relevant reaches of the river and
consult other sources where necessary and department of water and sanitation.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Kusile Power Station Surface, Groundwater and Unique Identifier: 240-129306525
Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work
Revision: 4
Page:
t) Meetings with the client to provide progress and presentation to management on monthly
basis.
u) Conduct wetland delineation study for Kusile Power Station
v) Update the Water Conservation & Water Demand Plan annually and review the plan once in
five (5) years.
w) Annually assess the habitat to monitor the sustainability of the stream diversion
x) Update the Integrated Waste and Water Management Plan & RSIP
y) Update the Master Layout Plan as per the WUL requirements as and when necessary
2.9 Data Capturing
a) Keep and update the electronic surface and groundwater database after every monitoring run
and submit raw data in a WISH format on monthly basis.
b) Provide data interpretation and trend analyses.
c) Contamination levels are to be measured and flagged against site specific water quality
standards and DWS targets ranges.
2.10 Reporting
The reports must include:
a) Bi-weekly reports which include compliance status of water quality, water quality maps and
identify appropriate mitigation measures should the aquifer be found vulnerable to pollution.
The bi-weekly report must be submitted a week after sampling was done.
b) Monthly surface water (including pollution control dams) reports which include compliance
status of water quality, water surface monitoring maps, possible pollution sources and identify
appropriate mitigation measures should the aquifer be found vulnerable to pollution. The
monthly report must be submitted a month after sampling was done.
c) Quarterly groundwater reports which include compliance status of water quality, water quality
maps and identify appropriate mitigation measures should the aquifer be found vulnerable to
pollution. The monthly report must be submitted a month after sampling was done.
d) Bi-annual aquatic reports which show trends and recommended action plans, integrated
aquatic monitoring findings, reviewed constituents and standards and recommended
mitigation measures.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Kusile Power Station Surface, Groundwater and Unique Identifier: 240-129306525
Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work
Revision: 4
Page:
e) Annual reports which include time dependant analysis of water quality trends, water quality
status and recommended mitigation measures and give solutions should water quality be
impacted by Kusile Power Station.
f) Any other reports as per the requirements e.g. Geohydrological model etc.
g) Soft copy should be submitted to the client.
h) The date, time, monitoring point and groundwater level in respect of each sample taken shall
be recorded together with the results of the analysis.
i) Annual Ecologist report identifying bulbous plant species.
2.11 Resources
2.12 Adhoc Services
The adhoc services will include but not limited to:
i. Review of existing monitoring methodology, network and amendment if necessary.
ii. Drilling additional boreholes when required by the employer.
iii. Adhoc Environmental Monitoring Committee meeting when required.
iv. Conduct risk analysis and pollution source investigations should the need arises, this is related
to upstream mining activities, agricultural impacts on water resources around and within the
Kusile Complex.
v. In cases where abnormalities are found from the monitoring reports, the contractor is expected
to undertake full investigation on root cause and provide a way forward.
vi. Training to be done on an “as and when required” basis to Kusile Power Station personnel for
a better understanding of the total monitoring system ensuring capacity to proactively minimise
any environmental issues that could arise from any of the Kusile Power Station activities.
vii. Conduct other water management related studies when required (e.g. any interventions or
studies required by DWS)
viii. Emergency sampling as and when required e.g. dam overflow
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Kusile Power Station Surface, Groundwater and Unique Identifier: 240-129306525
Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work
Revision: 4
Page:
a) Review of a site-specific sampling and monitoring procedure:
The contractor shall evaluate and review the above-mentioned regulatory and other Eskom
requirements and develop or amend the existing Kusile Power Station site-specific
groundwater monitoring and sampling procedure considering the requirements of the Eskom
GGG, Groundwater Monitoring (GWG05a) and Groundwater Sampling (GWG05b) Guidelines
as the basis for the development of the site-specific monitoring and sampling procedure.
The contractor shall update the site-specific monitoring procedure if and when the need arises
(e.g. amendment of WUL, waste licence, EIA and EMP approvals, changes in risk e.g.
sensitive receptors, etc). This shall be done within a reasonable timeframe from changes
incurred ensuring that regulatory compliance to the frequency, sampling points, elements to
be analyzed for and reporting timeframes are met at all times.
b) Geophysical surveys. Refer to Eskom, 2014 Geophysical Survey Guideline (GWG02):
The contractor shall undertake a geophysical survey and ensure that all legal requirements
regarding the survey on the property are reviewed and complied with. This shall include both
surface rights, e.g. as defined by local by-laws and the property title deed, and subsurface
rights, e.g. such as relate to the intended exploitation of the groundwater resource in terms of
the requirements of the National Water Act, 1998 (Act ).
c) Test pumping, Refer to Eskom, 2014 Test-pumping Guideline (GWG04):
The contractor shall conduct Aquifer test pumping of a borehole in order to obtain information
about aquifer parameters and its possible flow rates as per GWG04 but the most appropriate
procedure shall be identified by the Contractor pertaining to:
i. Slug Test;
ii. Tracer Test;
iii. Packer Test; and
iv. Pump Test
d) Hydrocensus, Refer to Eskom, 2014 Hydrocensus Guideline (GWG07):
A hydrocensus is essentially a site familiarisation involving the collection of important
groundwater data from the study area and surrounding environments to an Eskom facility such
as a power station. It comprises a census of key boreholes, springs and any other
groundwater-related information. The objective is to identify the potential (pollution) risk and
depletion risk to receptors – particularly groundwater users such as communities and farmers.
The contractor shall conduct a hydrocensus as per GWG07 and the boundaries should be far
enough to include sensitive environments/users relevant to Eskom, potential Eskom
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Kusile Power Station Surface, Groundwater and Unique Identifier: 240-129306525
Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work
Revision: 4
Page:
groundwater impacts as well as impacts from neighbouring landowners such as mining and
industrial activities.
A hydrocensus should be done for all operations that have waste or products stored on a
temporary or permanent basis that could have potential impact on surface or groundwater
quality and quantity, by leaching into or coming in contact with water or any large scale dewater
activities.
e) Design, drilling and construction of boreholes. Refer to Eskom, 2014 Borehole Drilling
Construction and Design Guideline (GWG03):
The contractor shall drill boreholes when required by the employer as per GWG03.
f) Sampling and monitoring: large phase with complete chemical data evaluation/small phase
with limited chemical data evaluation, Refer Eskom 2014 Groundwater Monitoring Guideline
(GWG05a) Eskom, 2014, Groundwater Sampling Guideline (GWG05b)
A comprehensive overview is provided in GWG05a and GWG05b on groundwater monitoring
and sampling principles.
The contractor shall evaluate all relevant regulatory and other requirements (e.g. WUL, EIA,
EMP, Waste License Conditions, Closure and Land Use Objectives, IWWMP, Directives etc.)
and develop a Kusile Power Station Project site specific monitoring and sampling procedure
considering the requirements of the Eskom Groundwater Governance Framework and
Guidelines (GGF&G) Groundwater Monitoring (GWG05a) and Groundwater Sampling
(GWG05b) Guidelines as the basis for the development of the site specific monitoring and
sampling procedure.
g) Risk Assessment Eskom, Refer Eskom 2014 Risk Assessment Guideline (GWG10)
The contractor shall conduct a complete groundwater risk assessment; should assess the
three components, which are the source, the pathway and the receptor as per GWG10. The
contractor will allow for the numerical ground water modelling to be done and update it
annually.
h) Groundwater remediation Eskom, Refer Eskom 2014, Groundwater Remediation
Guideline (GWG12
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Kusile Power Station Surface, Groundwater and Unique Identifier: 240-129306525
Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work
Revision: 4
Page:
The contractor shall propose remediation plans. The remediation objectives or the ultimate
goals of any remediation should be defined by the consequence to the critical receptor based
on the toxicology and likely dependence/intake as per GWG12.
3.1 General Information Regarding Health and Safety
i. Kusile Power Station is fully committed to protecting the health and safety of employees,
consultants, visitors and members of the public. Occupational health and safety are core
values in Eskom, and the belief is that all unsafe acts and incidents are preventable and this
belief guides our approach to safety across our business activities.
ii. The Eskom Safety, Health, Environment and Quality policy is available from the Kusile Safety
Department.
3.2 Eskom Sheq Policy And Life Saving Rules
i. There are 6 lifesaving rules that have been identified by Eskom. Failure to adhere to these
rules by any Eskom employee or employee of any Principal Consultant or Consultant will be
considered a serious transgression. These rules are being implemented to prevent serious
injury or death of any employee, labour broker or consultant working in any area within Eskom.
ii. Kusile Management team will take a stance of zero tolerance on these rules.
iii. The Consultant shall at all times comply with the health and safety requirements prescribed by
law as they may apply to the services.
iv. This is to ensure that every person who works in or visits Kusile Power Station returns home
safety to his or her family.
v. The Consultant shall at all times comply with the health and safety requirements prescribed by
law as they may apply to the services.
3.3 Monitoring points, parameters analysed and frequency
3.4 Groundwater Monitoring Points
Number Identity X Co- Y Co- Parameters Frequency
ordinates ordinates to be
Analysed
10490-08 Borehole 28.91759 -25.90990 pH, Dissolved Quarterly
oxygen
10490 -09 Borehole 28.916 64 -25.92740
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Kusile Power Station Surface, Groundwater and Unique Identifier: 240-129306525
Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work
Revision: 4
Page:
Total 10490-10 Borehole 28.89600 -25.92740
dissolved
solids, 10490-17 Borehole 28.90533 -25.93989
Temperature,
Alkalinity, 10490-21 Borehole 28.92259 -25.94277
Total
10490-25 Borehole 2888393 -25.92330 Suspended
Solids,
10490-27 Borehole 28.93232 -25.91280
Total
hardness as BH 02 Borehole 28.90675 -25.90260
calcium
carbonate, BH 03 Borehole 28.90014 -25.91234
Electrical
BH 11 Borehole 28.93147 -25.95020 conductivity,
Nitrate/nitrite, BH 24 Borehole 28.899 45 -25.90000
Ammonia
(NH3), BH 25 Borehole 28.89334 -25.90450
Phosphate,
BH 27(LGW- Borehole 28.95413 -25.91610 Fluoride,
B4) Sulphate
Chloride, BH 30(LGW- Borehole 28.954 13 -25.91610
Aluminium B11)
(total),
Sodium DWBH-06 Borehole 28.92613 -25.92171
Magnesium,
DWBH-07 Borehole 28.93006 -25.92496 Nitrate,
Manganese DWBH-36 Borehole 28.91236 -25.91445
(total),
Calcium, GDF-6D Borehole 28.92886 -25.90808
Potassium,
KP05 Borehole 28.93214 -25.91958 Iron(total),
Turbidity
10490-14 Borehole 28.93476 -25.91506
E. Coli, Total
Coliform, 10490-18 Borehole 28.989815 -25.93727
Faecal
MP14-001 Borehole 28.89699 -25.9298 Coliform and
Chemical
MP14-002 Borehole 28.89642 -25.91896 Oxygen
Demand,
MP14-003 Borehole 28.92724 -25.92724
water levels.
Spring 1 Borehole 28.93680 -25.90230
Spring 2 Borehole 28.93372 -25.88930
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Kusile Power Station Surface, Groundwater and Unique Identifier: 240-129306525
Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work
Revision: 4
Page:
Spring 3 Borehole 28.90632 -25.90632
Spring 4 Borehole 28.88893 -25.94449
Spring 6 Borehole 28.92797 -25.94760
Spring 10 Borehole 28.95462 -25.95428
Spring 11 Borehole 28.93460 -25.93110
Spring 12 Borehole 28.91466 -25.94236
Kam 8 Borehole 25.972530 -25.972530
Kam 71 Borehole 28.925990° -25.949930
Kam 91 Borehole 28.878150° -25.962750°
Kam 9 Borehole 28.878051° -25.963058°
3.5 Surface water monitoring points
Number Identity X Co-ordinates Y Co-ordinates Parameters to Frequency
be Analysed
SW 1 Surface 28.88306 -25. 92000 Monthly
SW 2 Surface 28.868 47 -25 .8533
SW 3 Surface 28.889 15 -25. 888 10
SW 4 Surface 28.89269 -25. 89090
SW5 Surface 28.90239 -25. 94310
SW 6 Surface 28.88723 -25.88723
SW 7 Surface 28.89394 -25.92578
SW 8 Surface 28.90094 -25.89460
SW 9 Surface 28.91739 -25.90245
SW 10 Surface 28.86982 -25.87853
SW11 Surface 28.86170 -25.88439
SW 16 Surface 28.85141 -25.90218
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Kusile Power Station Surface, Groundwater and Unique Identifier: 240-129306525
Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work
Revision: 4
Page:
SW 17 Surface 28.86313 -25.87476 Flow,
Temperature,
SW 18 Surface 28.91201 -25.94699 pH, EC,
Suspended
NCSW01 Surface 28.92214 -25.90743 Solids,
Dissolved
NCSW03 Surface 28.90512 -25.92340 Oxygen,
Chemical
NCSW08 Surface 28.92297 -25.92858 Oxygen
Demand,
NCSW09 Surface 28.91531 -25.92697 Turbidity,
Sechi disk
CSW08 Surface 28.865289 -25.871985 depth,
Alkalinity (mg
Zustertroom Surface No CACO3/l),
coordinates Calcium (Ca),
available as Magnesium
yet (Mg), Sodium
(Na),
Ezemvelo Surface No Potassium
confluence of coordinates (K), Sulphate
the Wilge and available as (SO4),
Elands River yet Fluoride (F)
(Si),
Before and after Surface No Ammonia
the confluence coordinates (NH3), PO4,
of the Wilge and available as Nitrite,
Bronkhorstspruit yet Nitrate,
Hydrocarbon
The Wilge Dam Surface No (including
(old Premier coordinates naphthalane)
mine dam) available as and Faecal
yet coliforms
Spruit upstream Surface 28.92798 25.94775
of as facility
Spruit upstream Surface 2890786 2595677
of ash facility
tributary (south)
Spruit North of Surface 2889425 2592636
ash facility
Spruit Surface 2888535 2592799
downstream of
ash facility
(South)
Pan Surface 2891044 2593620
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Kusile Power Station Surface, Groundwater and Unique Identifier: 240-129306525
Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work
Revision: 4
Page:
Offset wetland Surface 28.88941 25.88819
downstream
Wilge river B Surface 28.86381 25.87875
Before wilge Surface 28.86176 25.88438
river confluence
Wilge river A Surface 28.86615 25.87340
Offset wetland Surface 28.92111 25.87686
upstream
ADDD east and Dam 28,89667 25,93134
west
compartment,
SDD east and Dam 28.896714 25.920889
west
compartment
HRD east and Dam 28.913664° 25.922873°
west
compartment,
OLC settling Dam Not available Not available
tanks (east and
west
compartment)
3.6 Aquatic monitoring points
Number Identity X Co- Y Co- Parameters to be Frequency
ordinates ordinates Analysed
KUS 4 Aquatic -25.94818 28.93557 Target Water Quality Bi-annual
Ranges for aquatic
KUS 7 Aquatic -25.93887 28.89471 ecosystems (TWQRs -
DWAF, 1996), instream
KUS 8 Aquatic -25.92588 28.89419 water quality objectives
as stipulated in the
KUS 9 Aquatic -25.91424 28.88064 WUL1 and the
Resource Water Quality
Kus 10 Aquatic -25.90738 28.92702 Objectives (RWQO) set
for the Wilge catchment
KUS 11 Aquatic -25.88997 28.89236 (DWAF, 2009)
KUS 16 Aquatic -25.90219 28.85142
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Kusile Power Station Surface, Groundwater and Unique Identifier: 240-129306525
Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work
Revision: 4
Page:
Habitat – Index of KUS 17 Aquatic -25.87476 28.86313
Habitat Integrity (IHI)
and Invertebrate KUS 18 Aquatic -25.86431 28.86893
Habitat Assessment
System (IHAS)
Aquatic
Macroinvertebrates –
South African Scoring
System 5 (SASS5),
Fish – Fish community
analyses and Fish
Response Assessment
Index (FRAI);
3.7 Location Maps
Figure 1: Aquatic Monitoring points
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Kusile Power Station Surface, Groundwater and Unique Identifier: 240-129306525
Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work
Revision: 4
Page:
Figure 2: Surface and groundwater monitoring points
This document has been seen and accepted by:
Full Name and Surname Designation
Environmental Management Manager
Senior Advisor Environmental
Environmental Management Officer
Environmental Management Officer
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Kusile Power Station Surface, Groundwater and Unique Identifier: 240-129306525
Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work
Revision: 4
Page:
Full Name and Surname Designation
Environmental Management Officer
Geologist
Date Rev. Compiler Remarks
July 2025 4 The scope of work aligned
to the integrated and
amended WUL
January 2023 3 Document was due for
review.
Section 6 and 7 were
removed
December 2019 2 New template
June 2017 1 First issue.
Development Team
Acknowledgements
N/a
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Kusile Power Station Surface, Groundwater and Unique Identifier: 240-129306525
Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work
Revision: 4
Page:
Appendix A
Activity Frequency
Activity Schedule
1 Surface Water Monitoring Weekly (selected monitoring monist)
Monthly (all surface monitoring points including
pollution control dams
2 Groundwater monitoring Quarterly
3 Biomonitoring/Aquatic monitoring Quarterly
4 Wetland delineation study Once-off
5 Update of Water Conservation and Water Yearly
Demand Management Plan
6 Review Water Conservation and Water Once in five years
Demand Management Plan
7 Update the Integrated Waste and Water Yearly
Management Plan
8 Assess the habitat to monitor the Yearly
sustainability of the diversions
9 Inspect the functioning of stormwater Yearly
infrastructure and turbidity level
10 Soil sampling required upstream and When required
downstream of Kusile Power Station
footprint
11 Prepare presentation on surface, ground Quarterly
and aquatic water quality and present it to
the EMC.
12 Geohydrological model based on latest Yearly
disposal and stockpiling.
13 Purging of boreholes using potable pumps Yearly
14 Site walkdown by an Ecologist during Annually
growing season (October to March) to
identify bulbous plant species.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Kusile Power Station Surface, Groundwater and Unique Identifier: 240-129306525
Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work
Revision: 4
Page:
15 Maintenance of monitoring network which 4 boreholes per year (20 per 5 years)
includes replacing of destroyed and lost
monitoring points. Including drilling new
boreholes
16 Conduct a source apportionment study - to Once off
determine load (from simultaneously
measured flow and concentration) in each
reach of the spruit and in relevant reaches
of the river and consult other sources
where necessary and department of water
and sanitation.
18 Update the Master Layout Plan as per the Once off
WUL requirements
Adhoc activties
19 Review of existing monitoring Once in five years
methodology, network and amendment if
necessary.
20 Adhoc Environmental Monitoring When required
Committee meeting when required.
21 Conduct risk analysis and pollution source Once off
investigations should the need arises, this
is related to upstream mining activities,
agricultural impacts on water resources
around and within the Kusile Complex.
22 Training to be done on an “as and when Once off
required” basis to Kusile Power Station
personnel for a better understanding of the
total monitoring system ensuring capacity
to proactively minimise any environmental
issues that could arise from any of the
Kusile Power Station activities.
23 Conduct other water management related 2 studied in 5 years
studies when required (e.g. any
interventions or studies required by DWS)
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Methodology
Source: 240-129306525 Kusile Power Station Surface Groundwater and Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work Rev 4 (002).pdf (unknown)methodology, network and amendment if
necessary.
Compliance Requirements
Source: 240-129306525 Kusile Power Station Surface Groundwater and Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work Rev 4 (002).pdf (unknown)No specific requirements found
B-BBEE Minimum Level: 10
Health & Safety
Source: 240-129306525 Kusile Power Station Surface Groundwater and Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work Rev 4 (002).pdf (unknown)Revision: 4
Page:
Content . Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.1.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................. 3
2.1.2 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 3
2.1.3 Effective Date ........................................................................................................ 3
2.2 Normative/Informative References .................................................................................... 3
2.2.1 Normative .............................................................................................................. 3
2.2.2 Informative ............................................................................................................. 4
2.3 Definitions ......................................................................................................................... 4
2.3.1 Contractor .............................................................................................................. 4
2.3.2 Approved ............................................................................................................... 4
2.4 Abbreviations .................................................................................................................... 4
2.5 Roles And Responsibilities ................................................................................................ 4
2.6 Process For Monitoring ..................................................................................................... 5
2.7 Scope Of Work Monitoring Requirements ......................................................................... 5
2.8 Data Capturing ................................................................................................................. 7
2.9 Reporting .......................................................................................................................... 7
2.10 Adhoc Services ................................................................................................................. 8
3.1 General Information Regarding Health And Safety .......................................................... 11
3.2 Eskom Sheq Policy And Life Saving Rules ..................................................................... 11
3.3 Monitoring points, parameters analysed and frequency ................................................... 11
3.4 Groundwater Monitoring Points ....................................................................................... 11
3.5 Surface water monitoring points ...................................................................................... 13
3.6 Aquatic monitoring points ................................................................................................ 15
3.7 Location Maps ................................................................................................................ 16
Acceptance ............................................................................................................................. 17
Revisions ................................................................................................................................ 18
Development Team ................................................................................................................. 18
Acknowledgements ................................................................................................................. 18
following paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems
[2] 32-727 Safety, Health, Environmental and Quality (SHEQ) Policy
[3] 32–288 Policy Procurement and Supply Chain Management Standard
a) The contractor will be responsible for routine monitoring of surface, groundwater and aquatic
environmental at Kusile Power Station as per the scope of work.
b) Analyse results and look at possible environmental impacts from Kusile Power Station
construction and operations activities .
c) Prepare bi-weekly, monthly, quarterly, annual report and submit to the employer.
d) Attend and present at Environmental Monitoring Committee (EMC) meeting
e) In cases where abnormalities are found from the monitoring reports, the contractor is
expected to undertake full investigation on root cause and provide recommendations in a
form of a report.
f) Present the surface and groundwater performance to Kusile on a monthly
g) Submit the monitoring protocol before the commencement with monitoring.
h) Submit the safety file for approval before commencement with monitoring activities.
2.6 Process For Monitoring
v. In cases where abnormalities are found from the monitoring reports, the contractor is expected
to undertake full investigation on root cause and provide a way forward.
vi. Training to be done on an “as and when required” basis to Kusile Power Station personnel for
a better understanding of the total monitoring system ensuring capacity to proactively minimise
any environmental issues that could arise from any of the Kusile Power Station activities.
vii. Conduct other water management related studies when required (e.g. any interventions or
studies required by DWS)
viii. Emergency sampling as and when required e.g. dam overflow
goals of any remediation should be defined by the consequence to the critical receptor based
on the toxicology and likely dependence/intake as per GWG12.
3.1 General Information Regarding Health and Safety
i. Kusile Power Station is fully committed to protecting the health and safety of employees,
consultants, visitors and members of the public. Occupational health and safety are core
values in Eskom, and the belief is that all unsafe acts and incidents are preventable and this
belief guides our approach to safety across our business activities.
ii. The Eskom Safety, Health, Environment and Quality policy is available from the Kusile Safety
3.2 Eskom Sheq Policy And Life Saving Rules
i. There are 6 lifesaving rules that have been identified by Eskom. Failure to adhere to these
rules by any Eskom employee or employee of any Principal Consultant or Consultant will be
considered a serious transgression. These rules are being implemented to prevent serious
injury or death of any employee, labour broker or consultant working in any area within Eskom.
ii. Kusile Management team will take a stance of zero tolerance on these rules.
iii. The Consultant shall at all times comply with the health and safety requirements prescribed by
law as they may apply to the services.
iv. This is to ensure that every person who works in or visits Kusile Power Station returns home
safety to his or her family.
v. The Consultant shall at all times comply with the health and safety requirements prescribed by
law as they may apply to the services.
3.3 Monitoring points, parameters analysed and frequency
3.4 Groundwater Monitoring Points
Description
Source: KUS-20250797 Kusile Power Station Environmental Specification Rev 1 SW GW Env (1).pdf (unknown)The scope of work is detailed in document 240-129306525. The environmental specification specifies minimum requirements for the contract, including environmental rules, duty of care, and remediation of environmental damage. The contractor must develop and maintain an environmental training matrix, and ensure that all hazardous substances are stored in bunded areas (110% capacity), with SDS kept onsite and an oil spill kit available. Waste management includes no burning of waste, no storage on the ground, and implementing recycling initiatives. The contractor must also maintain an environmental incident register and report non-conformances with proposed corrective actions.
Returnable Documents
Source: KUS-20250797 Kusile Power Station Environmental Specification Rev 1 SW GW Env (1).pdf (unknown)Tender submission documentation: a) Environmental Policy (SHEQ Policy) signed by CEO/Top Management; b) Aspect/Impact register based on scope of works; c) Emergency Preparedness Plan; d) Waste Management Plan.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: KUS-20250797 Kusile Power Station Environmental Specification Rev 1 SW GW Env (1).pdf (unknown)Bidders must submit with their tender: an Environmental Policy (SHEQ Policy) signed by CEO/Top Management; an Aspect/Impact register based on the scope of works; an Emergency Preparedness Plan; a Waste Management Plan; proof of a SANAS accredited laboratory/agreement; and borehole drilling competency. Compliance with the environmental specification will be monitored during tender evaluation, ad-hoc inspections, and internal audits.
Technical Specifications
Source: KUS-20250797 Kusile Power Station Environmental Specification Rev 1 SW GW Env (1).pdf (unknown)Eskom’s responsibility and commitment is to ensure protection of environment within which it operate
and minimisation of environmental impact in line with its Safety, Health, Environmental and Quality
Policy (SHEQ), along with legislative obligations.
This environmental specification specifies minimum requirements which are required to be met for
the specific contract and for the duration of the contract period by contractors and where required,
the delivery organisation.
2.1 Scope
This document is applicable to all contractors, partners and suppliers doing work at all areas under
direct control of Eskom Kusile Power Station.
2.1.1 Purpose
To ensure that all contractors and suppliers working for and on behalf of Kusile Power Station comply
with environmental requirements during procurement and operation stages of the works.
2.1.2 Applicability
This document shall apply throughout Kusile Power Station procurement processes and operation
stages of the works.
2.1.3 Effective date
From the date of signatures.
2.2 Normative/Informative References
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the
following paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] Environmental management Systems (ISO 14001) requirements
[2] National Environmental management Act No
[3] Kusile Power Station Operational Environmental Management Plan (240-96626258)
[4] 240-106963417 Kusile Power Station Environmental Requirements for Contractors and Suppliers
[5] 240-105776552 Kusile Power Station Waste Management Work Instruction
[6] 240- Kusile Power Station Oil/Chemical clean-up and Rehabilitation Work Instruction
[7] 32-727: Safety Health Environmental Quality Policy.
Controlled Disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure
it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties
without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 11
Kusile Power Station Environmental Unique Identifier: KUS-20250797
Specification Revision: 1
Page:
2.2.2 Informative
[8] 32-726 Mandatory SHE Requirements for Eskom Procurement and Supply Chain Management
[9] 32-727: Safety Health Environmental Quality Policy.
[10] National Environmental Management Act 1998 (Act ).
[11] National Environmental Management Waste Act 2008 (Act )
[12] Hazardous Substances Act 1973 (Act )
Controlled Disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure
it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties
without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 11
Kusile Power Station Environmental Unique Identifier: KUS-20250797
Specification Revision: 1
Page:
2.3 Definitions
2.3.1 Contractor: Any employer formally contracted (directly or indirectly) by Eskom Kusile
Power Station and who performs work, supplies a service, product, equipment or material
for the purposes of advancing Eskom Kusile Power Station’s business or other interests.
This includes personal contractors (i.e. consultants) and third-party contractors i.e. vendors,
suppliers, agents, joint ventures, principal contractors and subcontractors.
2.3.2 Environmental Management Plan: It is a programme/plan of action for achieving
organisational objectives relating to the mitigation of environmental impacts of its activities,
products and services.
2.3.3 Environmental Management System: The part of the overall management systems that
includes organisational structure planning activities, responsibilities, practices procedures
and resources of developing, reviewing and managing the environmental policy (ISO
14001).
2.3.4 Duty of care to the environment: Anybody who causes or has caused or may cause
significant pollution or degradation of the environment must take reasonable measures to
prevent such pollution or degradation from occurring, continuing, or recurring. If such harm
to the environment is authorised by law or cannot reasonably be avoided or stopped, such
person must minimise and rectify such pollution or degradation of the environment.
2.3.5 Environment: Surrounding within which an organization operates, including air, water,
land, natural resources, flora, fauna, humans and their interactions.
2.3.6 Environmental aspect: Element of an organisation’s activities or products or services that
interacts or can interact with the environment.
2.3.7 Environmental Policy: Overall intentions and direction of an organization related to
environmental as formally expressed by top management.
2.3.8 Environmental impact: Change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly
or partially resulting from the environmental aspects of an organisation.
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Explanation
SHEQ Policy Safety, Health, Environmental and Quality Policy
EMP Environmental Management Plan
MSDS Material Safety Data Sheets
NEMA National Environmental Management Act
Controlled Disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure
it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties
without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 11
Kusile Power Station Environmental Unique Identifier: KUS-20250797
Specification Revision: 1
Page:
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities
2.5.1 The Contractor and or Supplier
a) Shall be responsible for implementing the requirements of this Specification
b) Ensure that the environmental documentation as stipulated in this document are kept safe and
available
c) Ensure compliance to environmental requirements and applicable environmental legislation
2.5.2 Kusile Senior Environmental Advisor or Officer Environmental Management
a) Shall be responsible for evaluating compliance to this Specification during the various phases
of the procurement and works;
b) Conduct regular audit to ensure compliance to the environmental specification and other
applicable environmental legislation.
2.6 Process for Monitoring
Compliance to this specification will be monitored during tender evaluation, ad-hoc inspections and
by internal audits.
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents
240-106963417 Kusile Power Station Environmental Requirements for Contractors and Suppliers.
3.1 Scope of work
A copy of the scope of works must be retained by the contractor. The scope of work for this contract
is detailed in the document: 240-129306525.
3.2 Environmental Requirements
Note 1: In the event of any perceived conflict between the “environmental laws” and the contract
documents, the Contractor shall, prior to commencing the work, refer such conflict to the Project
Management Team for clarification.
Note 2: Environmental protection shall include, but not be limited to, noise pollution, gaseous
emissions, noxious and/or offensive odours, liquid and solid waste separation and collection, spillage
clean-up and rehabilitation of contaminated area.
Controlled Disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure
it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties
without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 11
Kusile Power Station Environmental Unique Identifier: KUS-20250797
Specification Revision: 1
Page:
3.3 Environmental Rules
Duty of care and remediation of environmental damage - Every person who causes, has caused or
may cause significant pollution or degradation of the environment must take reasonable measures
to prevent such pollution or degradation from occurring, continuing or recurring, or, in so far as such
harm to the environment is authorized by law or cannot reasonably be avoided or stopped, to
minimize and rectify such pollution or degradation of the environment.
Polluter Pay Principle - The costs of remedying pollution, environmental degradation and consequent
adverse health effects and of preventing, controlling or minimizing further pollution, environmental
damage or adverse health effects must be paid for by those responsible for harming the environment.
Zero Liquid Effluent Discharge Policy - All Contractors shall abide to Eskom Zero Liquid Effluent
Discharge through the process of reuse and recycling.
Waste - all waste shall be stored in marked and labelled containers, and as per Kusile Power Station
Waste Management Work Instruction 240-105776552 and be disposed of at a permitted disposal
site. Records of waste disposed including safe disposal certificate must be maintained.
Spillages - All spills/emergency incidents should be reported to the Supervisor and Environmental
Officer(s) immediately on occurrence. Incidents should be investigated to prevent reoccurrence and
clean-up, or rehabilitation should be done as per Kusile Power Station Oil/Chemical spillage clean-
up and rehabilitation process 240-110383662.
Oil storage - oils shall be stored in bunded areas/impermeable tanks to prevent spillages. Where oil
is disposed, disposal certificate must be submitted to the Environmental Department.
3.4 Environmental Instruction
The contractor and or supplier shall have a documented and implemented environmental
management system e.g. environmental policy, operational procedures relating to their activities,
aspects/impacts register etc.
3.4.1 Environmental Aspect and Impact Register
a) The contractor and or supplier shall prepare an environmental aspect and impact relating to
their activities that will be carried out. The aspect and impact register must also indicate the
mitigations/ environmental management plan on how the impact will be mitigated. The
Environmental Management Plan/Mitigation Measures must be in line with Eskom Kusile
Power Station’s OEMP and any other applicable environmental legislation.
b) The environmental aspect and impact register must indicate the aspect rating matrix. Where
significant aspect, an environmental objective must be developed and maintained.
c) The environmental aspect and impact must be communicated to all employees and proof of
communication be maintained.
Controlled Disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure
it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties
without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 11
Kusile Power Station Environmental Unique Identifier: KUS-20250797
Specification Revision: 1
Page:
3.4.2 Induction
The contractor and or supplier employees shall be inducted on the environmental requirements
before commencement with work. Proof of induction must be retained.
3.4.3 Environmental Training Matrix
a) The contractor must identify the training needs aligned to the scope of work/ activities then
develop the training matrix.
b) Proof of training and awareness must be maintained.
c) The contractor shall appoint trained and competent personnel in writing, who will have the
responsibilities of implementing all environmental requirements.
3.4.4 Environmental Incident registers and investigation reports
a) All environmental incidents must be reported within 24 hours or immediately to Kusile
Environmental Department.
b) Immediate measure must be taken to prevent/minimise environmental pollution where incident
occurs e.g. Use saw dust to contain the spillage, e.g. extinguish the fire.
c) All incidents must be investigated within 24 hours and Kusile Environmental representative
must be part of the investigation.
d) The contractor is responsible to remediate the impact associated with the incident.
3.4.5 Non-conformances
Non-conformance and incident reporting and investigations shall be done by the contractor, such
reports must include but not limited to the following information:
i. The cause of the non-conformance/incident;
ii. The proposed actions to correct and prevent recurrence.
iii. Eskom Kusile Power Station shall issue non-conformances where there are deviations from
Eskom Kusile Power Station Procedures and any other environmental requirements.
3.4.6 Hazardous Substances registers and SDS
a) All hazardous substances to be used onsite must be stored in bunded area (110% capacity).
b) The SDS for all hazardous substances must be kept onsite.
c) Oil spill kit/absorbent must be kept close to the hazardous storage area to use in case of
accident.
d) The hazardous substance register must be maintained.
Controlled Disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure
it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties
without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 11
Kusile Power Station Environmental Unique Identifier: KUS-20250797
Specification Revision: 1
Page:
3.4.7 Waste Management
a) The contractor is responsible to ensure that waste is stored in allocated bins.
b) No mixing of waste is allowed, no burning of waste is allowed.
c) No waste should be stored on the ground, and full bins must be reported to Environmental
Department.
d) Initiative to recycle waste must be implemented.
e) Contactors are not allowed to remove waste from site unless permitted/authorised by the
Environmental Department.
f) Good housekeeping must be maintained at contractor laydown areas and working areas.
3.4.8 Audit reports
a) Environmental Department will conduct regular audits/inspection. Where non-conformance is
recorded, the contractor will submit action plan for correction/preventative measures.
b) The audit report will be maintained.
3.4.9 Environmental Objectives
The contractor must develop environmental objectives for each financial year. The environmental
objectives must be updated and communicated to employees. The environmental objectives must
include the significant aspects.
3.4.10 Environmental improvement opportunities
The contractor must identify areas of improvements; the improvements should also take into account
the significant aspects where applicable.
3.4.11 Emergency Management
The art of emergency preparedness and response is to minimise the effects of any emergency and
to restore normal activities as soon as practical. The supplier must develop their own emergency
response in their work premises. The Eskom employees attending training must be made aware of
the emergency process and the assembly points. Where any office and or site is located within any
Local Authorities area, then the plans must include their involvement. Emergency preparedness.
Periodic emergency drills must be undertaken to test the effectiveness of the plan. This must be
recorded and provided on request.
Controlled Disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure
it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties
without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 11
Kusile Power Station Environmental Unique Identifier: KUS-20250797
Specification Revision: 1
Page:
3.4.12 SHE policy
A SHE policy is a statement of intent and a commitment by the organisation’s CE and senior
management in relation to the relevant environmental roles and responsibilities, the achievement of
their strategic objectives, values of integrity, customer satisfaction, excellence, and innovation.
The policy must be displayed in a prominent place within the workplace. A copy of the policy must
be filed, and the policy must be communicated to all employees and proof of communication be
retained.
3.5 Records to be kept during execution of service/scope onsite
The following minimum records shall be kept on all sites (the documentation must be in accordance
to the scope of work:
a) Contractor site specific Environmental Management Plan;
b) Aspects/Impacts register and proof of communication
c) Incident registers and investigation reports;
d) Non-conformance register;
e) Public Complaints register;
f) Waste disposal register;
g) Hazardous Substances registers and SDS where applicable;
h) Records of audit reports and audit findings close-out, where applicable;
i) Records of inspections conducted.
j) Environmental Training matrix
k) Proof of environmental awareness
l) Proof of communication of SHEQ Policy
m) Emergency drill reports
3.6 Tender Submission Documentation
The following documentation shall be submitted with all tender submissions:
a) Environmental Policy (SHEQ Policy) that is signed by the CEO/Top Management.
b) An Aspect/Impact register based on the scope of works as per tender documentation.
c) Emergency Preparedness Plan
d) Waste Management Plan
e) Proof of SANAS accredited laboratory/ agreement
f) Borehole drilling competency
Controlled Disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure
it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties
without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 11
Kusile Power Station Environmental Unique Identifier: KUS-20250797
Specification Revision: 1
Page:
This document has been seen and accepted by:
Full Name and Surname Designation
Environmental Officer
Snr Advisor Environmental Management
Date Rev. Compiler Remarks
August 2025 1 Environmental specification
document.
The following people were involved in the development of this document:
None.
Controlled Disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure
it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties
without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 11
Methodology
Source: KUS-20250797 Kusile Power Station Environmental Specification Rev 1 SW GW Env (1).pdf (unknown)Process for monitoring compliance: compliance to the environmental specification will be monitored during tender evaluation, ad-hoc inspections, and audits by the Kusile Senior Environmental Advisor or Officer.
Environmental
Source: KUS-20250797 Kusile Power Station Environmental Specification Rev 1 SW GW Env (1).pdf (unknown)Environmental Specification Effective Date August 2025
Review Date August 2028
Project Name: Kusile Power Station Surface Groundwater and Aquatic Monitoring Scope of Work
Scope of the project: Monitoring of surface and groundwater as per the Water use license and
other requirements.
it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties
without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 11
Kusile Power Station Environmental Unique Identifier: KUS-20250797
Specification Revision: 1
Page:
. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.1.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................. 3
2.1.2 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 3
2.1.3 Effective date ......................................................................................................... 3
2.2 Normative/Informative References .................................................................................... 3
2.2.1 Normative .............................................................................................................. 3
2.2.2 Informative ............................................................................................................. 4
2.3 Definitions ......................................................................................................................... 5
2.4 Abbreviations .................................................................................................................... 5
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities ................................................................................................ 6
2.6 Process for Monitoring ...................................................................................................... 6
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents ........................................................................................ 6
3.1 Scope of work ................................................................................................................... 6
3.2 Environmental Requirements ............................................................................................ 6
3.3 Environmental Rules ......................................................................................................... 7
3.4 Environmental Instruction .................................................................................................. 7
3.5 Records to be kept during execution of service/scope onsite .......................................... 10
3.6 Tender Submission Documentation ................................................................................ 10
Acceptance ............................................................................................................................. 11
Revisions ................................................................................................................................ 11
Development Team ................................................................................................................. 11
Acknowledgements (if applicable ) .......................................................................................... 11
with environmental requirements during procurement and operation stages of the works.
2.1.2 Applicability
following paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] Environmental management Systems (ISO 14001) requirements
[2] National Environmental management Act No
[3] Kusile Power Station Operational Environmental Management Plan (240-96626258)
[4] 240-106963417 Kusile Power Station Environmental Requirements for Contractors and Suppliers
[5] 240-105776552 Kusile Power Station Waste Management Work Instruction
[6] 240- Kusile Power Station Oil/Chemical clean-up and Rehabilitation Work Instruction
[7] 32-727: Safety Health Environmental Quality Policy.
it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties
without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 11
Kusile Power Station Environmental Unique Identifier: KUS-20250797
Specification Revision: 1
Page:
2.3 Definitions
2.3.1 Contractor: Any employer formally contracted (directly or indirectly) by Eskom Kusile
for the purposes of advancing Eskom Kusile Power Station’s business or other interests.
This includes personal contractors (i.e. consultants) and third-party contractors i.e. vendors,
suppliers, agents, joint ventures, principal contractors and subcontractors.
2.3.2 Environmental Management Plan: It is a programme/plan of action for achieving
organisational objectives relating to the mitigation of environmental impacts of its activities,
products and services.
2.3.3 Environmental Management System: The part of the overall management systems that
includes organisational structure planning activities, responsibilities, practices procedures
and resources of developing, reviewing and managing the environmental policy (ISO
14001).
2.3.4 Duty of care to the environment: Anybody who causes or has caused or may cause
significant pollution or degradation of the environment must take reasonable measures to
prevent such pollution or degradation from occurring, continuing, or recurring. If such harm
to the environment is authorised by law or cannot reasonably be avoided or stopped, such
person must minimise and rectify such pollution or degradation of the environment.
2.3.5 Environment: Surrounding within which an organization operates, including air, water,
land, natural resources, flora, fauna, humans and their interactions.
2.3.6 Environmental aspect: Element of an organisation’s activities or products or services that
interacts or can interact with the environment.
2.3.7 Environmental Policy: Overall intentions and direction of an organization related to
environmental as formally expressed by top management.
2.3.8 Environmental impact: Change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly
or partially resulting from the environmental aspects of an organisation.
2.4 Abbreviations
it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties
without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 11
Kusile Power Station Environmental Unique Identifier: KUS-20250797
Specification Revision: 1
Page:
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities
2.5.1 The Contractor and or Supplier
a) Shall be responsible for implementing the requirements of this Specification
b) Ensure that the environmental documentation as stipulated in this document are kept safe and
available
c) Ensure compliance to environmental requirements and applicable environmental legislation
2.5.2 Kusile Senior Environmental Advisor or Officer Environmental Management
a) Shall be responsible for evaluating compliance to this Specification during the various phases
of the procurement and works;
b) Conduct regular audit to ensure compliance to the environmental specification and other
applicable environmental legislation.
2.6 Process for Monitoring
by internal audits.
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents
240-106963417 Kusile Power Station Environmental Requirements for Contractors and Suppliers.
3.1 Scope of work
is detailed in the document: 240-129306525.
3.2 Environmental Requirements
Note 1: In the event of any perceived conflict between the “environmental laws” and the contract
documents, the Contractor shall, prior to commencing the work, refer such conflict to the Project
Note 2: Environmental protection shall include, but not be limited to, noise pollution, gaseous
emissions, noxious and/or offensive odours, liquid and solid waste separation and collection, spillage
clean-up and rehabilitation of contaminated area.
it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties
without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 11
Kusile Power Station Environmental Unique Identifier: KUS-20250797
Specification Revision: 1
Page:
3.3 Environmental Rules
adverse health effects and of preventing, controlling or minimizing further pollution, environmental
damage or adverse health effects must be paid for by those responsible for harming the environment.
Waste Management Work Instruction 240-105776552 and be disposed of at a permitted disposal
site. Records of waste disposed including safe disposal certificate must be maintained.
is disposed, disposal certificate must be submitted to the Environmental Department.
3.4 Environmental Instruction
management system e.g. environmental policy, operational procedures relating to their activities,
aspects/impacts register etc.
3.4.1 Environmental Aspect and Impact Register
a) The contractor and or supplier shall prepare an environmental aspect and impact relating to
their activities that will be carried out. The aspect and impact register must also indicate the
mitigations/ environmental management plan on how the impact will be mitigated. The
Power Station’s OEMP and any other applicable environmental legislation.
b) The environmental aspect and impact register must indicate the aspect rating matrix. Where
significant aspect, an environmental objective must be developed and maintained.
c) The environmental aspect and impact must be communicated to all employees and proof of
communication be maintained.
it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties
without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 11
Kusile Power Station Environmental Unique Identifier: KUS-20250797
Specification Revision: 1
Page:
3.4.2 Induction
before commencement with work. Proof of induction must be retained.
3.4.3 Environmental Training Matrix
a) The contractor must identify the training needs aligned to the scope of work/ activities then
develop the training matrix.
b) Proof of training and awareness must be maintained.
c) The contractor shall appoint trained and competent personnel in writing, who will have the
responsibilities of implementing all environmental requirements.
3.4.4 Environmental Incident registers and investigation reports
a) All environmental incidents must be reported within 24 hours or immediately to Kusile
it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties
without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 11
Kusile Power Station Environmental Unique Identifier: KUS-20250797
Specification Revision: 1
Page:
3.4.7 Waste Management
a) The contractor is responsible to ensure that waste is stored in allocated bins.
b) No mixing of waste is allowed, no burning of waste is allowed.
c) No waste should be stored on the ground, and full bins must be reported to Environmental
d) Initiative to recycle waste must be implemented.
e) Contactors are not allowed to remove waste from site unless permitted/authorised by the
it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties
without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 11
Kusile Power Station Environmental Unique Identifier: KUS-20250797
Specification Revision: 1
Page:
August 2025 1 Environmental specification
document.
Section
Source: KUS-20250797 Kusile Power Station Environmental Specification Rev 1 SW GW Env (1).pdf (unknown)Bidders must submit an Environmental Policy (SHEQ Policy) signed by CEO/Top Management, and must demonstrate compliance with environmental requirements. The evaluation will consider the contractor's ability to meet the environmental specification, including waste management, hazardous substance handling, and incident reporting.
Description
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) GroundWater.pdf (RFP)Invitation to Tender for Surface, Groundwater and Aquatic Monitoring at Kusile Power Station for a Period of Five (5) Years. Tender number E3013GXMPKUSR. Issue date 07 September 2026. Closing date and time 22 September at 10h00. Tender validity period 180 days from the closing date and time.
Important Dates
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) GroundWater.pdf (RFP){"closingDate":"21 February 2025","closingTime":"10h00","briefingSession":"{"date":null,"time":null,"venue":"ion N/A","is_compulsory":false}"}
Contact Information
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) GroundWater.pdf (RFP){"name":null,"email":"[email protected]","phone":"013 680 3134","department":null,"address":"te and time"}
Submission Guidelines
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) GroundWater.pdf (RFP)Returnable Documents: Minimum of 3 years’ Letters from Confirmation of required experience on similar previous clients experience in water and aquatic, work done (Note: Letters or contracts with monitoring from previous or current previous or clients or contracts with current clients previous or current clients will be required will be requires as a proof as proof and and contactable contactable references). references CVs, Qualifications and CV, Confirmation of required Proof of relevant Qualifications, resources and skills in, experience of key and registration surface, groundwater, and personnel to be used, with Controlled Disclosure Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected] When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30 of 76 File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 23 Milling Plant and PF piping maintenance Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template Document 240-114238630 Rev 23 Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025 Review Date February 2030 up-to-date references and certificates aquatic monitoring proof of registration as a professional Controlled Disclosure Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected] When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30 of 76 File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 23 Milling Plant and PF piping maintenance Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template Document 240-114238630 Rev 23 Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025 Review Date February 2030 1.1 QUALITATIVE TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA The qualitative technical criteria contains main criteria with sub-criteria. Each main criterion has a weighting towards the final technical score calculation. Each sub-criteria has a weighting towards the calculation of the main criterion. Criteria Reference to technical Criteria weighing Scoring Criteria
Returnable Documents
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) GroundWater.pdf (RFP)Mandatory tender returnables required at tender closing (disqualifiable if not submitted): Annexure A Authorisation Form, Annexure B Acknowledgement Form, Annexure C Tenderer's Particulars, Annexure D Integrity Pact Declaration form, Annexure E CPA for local goods/services (if applicable), Annexure F CPA(IG) for imported goods/services (if applicable), Annexure G1-G4 SBD 6.2 Declaration certificate for local production and content, Annexure H SBD 1, Annexure J SBD 4 Bidders Disclosure. Returnables required at tender closing for evaluation (non-disqualifiable, score zero if not submitted): Annexure I SBD 6.1 Preference Points Claim Form, Specific Goals proof. Other returnables: Tax Clearance Certificates (if not on CSD), Tax Evaluation Questionnaire (if applicable), Compliance with Employment Equity Act (South African tenderers only), NEC or other Contract completed in full, Pricing schedule (PDF and Excel), Additional documents (ECSA/SACPCMP/CVs/permits/licenses), Mandatory Contractual Requirements supporting evidence: Proof of valid and current CSD Registration. Additional Contractual Requirements: Safety - Annexure B SHE requirement, OHS plan aligned with OHS specification, costing for SHE management, Baseline Risk Assessment, Valid Letter of Good Standing, policy signed by CEO/MD, OHS Competency CVs and qualifications (LMI & LME certificates); Quality - Form A, quality method statement based on ISO 9001, signed quality policy, quality objectives, documented information for control of externally provided processes, roles and responsibilities. Financial: Due Diligence/financial analysis - Audited Financial Statements for previous 18 months (or last year), for JV/SPV each participant's statements, start-up enterprises exempt but must furnish first year statements if successful.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) GroundWater.pdf (RFP)Bidders must: (1) meet eligibility criteria (no sanctions, no conflict of interest, no multiple tenders, no 100% subcontracting); (2) submit electronically via E-tendering; (3) submit all mandatory commercial returnables by closing; (4) provide proof of CSD registration; (5) provide tax clearance (if not on CSD or no SARS PIN); (6) for South African designated employers, provide proof of Employment Equity compliance; (7) complete and submit Annexure A (Authorisation Form), Annexure B (Acknowledgement Form), Annexure C (Tenderer's Particulars), Annexure D (Integrity Declaration), Annexure E (CPA for local goods/services), Annexure F (CPA for foreign goods/services if applicable), Annexure G1-G4 (SBD 6.2 local content declarations), Annexure H (SBD 1), Annexure I (SBD 6.1 Preference Points Claim), Annexure J (SBD 4 Bidders Disclosure); (8) meet functionality threshold of 60% on technical criteria; (9) not be restricted by National Treasury or on the Tender Defaulters list.
Technical Specifications
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) GroundWater.pdf (RFP)Minimum of 3 years’ Letters from previous clients or 40% 3 years of continuous monitoring or
experience on similar contracts with previous or current more completed projects of similar
work done (Note: Letters clients will be required as proof nature – 40%
from previous or current and contactable references
1 - 2 years of continuous monitoring – clients or contracts with
0% previous or current clients
will be requires as a proof
and contactable
references).
Controlled Disclosure
Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected]
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with
the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom
Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 76
File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 23 Milling Plant and PF piping maintenance
Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template
Document 240-114238630 Rev 23
Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier
for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
Proof of relevant CV, Qualifications and registration 30% Project Manager
experience (CVs and certificates
+- 5 years experience and proof of Qualifications) of key
SACNASP as professional personnel to be used, with
Geohydrologist – 10% up-to-date references and
proof of registration as a Specialist x 2
professionals
+-3 years’ experience (e.g.
Geologist/Environmentalist and
Wetland specialist) - 10%
Junior
National diploma and 1-2 years’ field
work experience and matric - 5%
Assistant
Matric and 1-2 years’ field work
experience and matric - 5%
Organogram indicating Organogram 5% Organogram indicating the Project
the team for the required Manager, Specialists and Junior.
service (including their
responsibilities)
Laboratory Accreditation Lab certificate - valid 10% Submitted valid accreditation certificate
certificate. – 10%
Controlled Disclosure
Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected]
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with
the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom
Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 76
File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 23 Milling Plant and PF piping maintenance
Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template
Document 240-114238630 Rev 23
Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier
for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
Surface and groundwater Sampling methodologies 15% Submitted monitoring protocol
and aquatic monitoring
(verify if the sampling methodology will protocol
fulfil the requirements of the WUL)
Controlled Disclosure
Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected]
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with
the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom
Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 76
File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 23 Milling Plant and PF piping maintenance
Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template
Document 240-114238630 Rev 23
Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier
for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
Score (%) Definition
5 100 compliant
4 80 compliant with associated qualifications
3 60 partial-compliant
2 40 non-compliant
0 0 totally deficient or non-responsive
Note 1: The scoring table does not allow for scoring of 1
Note 2: Foreseen acceptable and unacceptable risk(s), exceptions and conditions shall be
unambiguously defined in the relevant Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy.
Tenderers who do not meet the threshold for functionality scoring will be disqualified
Controlled Disclosure
Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected]
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with
the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom
Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 76
File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 23 Milling Plant and PF piping maintenance
Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template
Document 240-114238630 Rev 23
Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier
for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
3.15 Evaluation of Price Prices will be evaluated as follows:
schedule’
alternative tenders submitted; and
tender based on the tendered programme (if provided) and
prices, on the estimated effect of Price Adjustment Factors and
rate of exchange fluctuations (if applicable) and on other
evaluation parameters relating to uncertainty and risk, where
applicable.
purposes.
evaluation purposes but will be implemented when payment is
effected.
Prices will be scored out of 80 points
3.18 Evaluation of Specific Goals Specific goals will be scored out of 20 points in accordance with the
PPPFA.
If a tenderer fails to submit evidence of its points claim for a Specific
Goal, it will not be disqualified. However, it will be awarded 0 points
for that Specific Goal.
3.19 Ranking of tenders Tenderers will be ranked by applying the preferential point scoring for
the 80/20 system. Eskom will add the score from Pricing and Specific
Goals together and rank the suppliers from the highest to the lowest.
3.20 Objective Criteria Objective Criteria are applicable
(if applicable)
Please note that Eskom may award the contract to a tenderer
other than the highest scoring if objective criteria justify the
award.
The following objective criteria apply to the tender:
Supplier Development Localisation and Industrialisation:
Appendix Attached (SDL&I)
3.21 Reverse e-auction Not applicable
(if applicable)
Controlled Disclosure
Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected]
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with
the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom
Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 76
File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 23 Milling Plant and PF piping maintenance
Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template
Document 240-114238630 Rev 23
Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier
for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
Contractual Requirements Mandatory Contractual Requirements that must be included in all
tenders is the following: -
Additional Contractual Requirements that may be included if
applicable:
Contractual Requirements are not evaluation criteria. They will
be assessed after the evaluation and ranking of the tenders.
Proof that the tenderer recommended for award has met the
stipulated contractual requirements must be submitted prior to
contract award.
Failure to meet stipulated Contractual Requirements by the
stipulated deadlines may result in the tenderer being regarded
as non-responsive and ineligible for contract award.
3.24 Sign form of Agreement/ The conditions of the contract will be the TSC3 Term Service Contract
Contractual Conditions
Applying: NEC3 Term Service Contract (TSC3)
Priced contract with price list
Dispute resolution procedure
Price adjustment for inflation
Changes in the law
Low service damages
Limitation of liability
Task Order
Additional conditions of contract
2.28 CIDB Requirements (where CIDB Requirements are not applicable
applicable for Engineering and
Construction Works Contracts)
Controlled Disclosure
Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected]
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with
the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom
Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 76
File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 23 Milling Plant and PF piping maintenance
Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template
Document 240-114238630 Rev 23
Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier
for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
2.29 Contract Skills Development Contract Skills Development Goals (CSDG) are not applicable.
Goals (CSDG) is not
applicable
2.30 Contract Participation Goals is Contract Participation Goals are not applicable.
not applicable
Please note:
Tenderers are requested to bear in mind Eskom's standard payment terms as stipulated hereunder when
submitting tenders and concluding contracts with Eskom:
For contracts valued below R50 000 000 (Fifty Million Rand) including VAT, Eskom is committed to paying
Suppliers within 30 days of receipt of undisputed invoices.
For contracts valued above R50 000 000 (Fifty Million Rand) including VAT, Eskom is committed to paying
suppliers within 60 days of receipt of undisputed invoices.
Eskom reserves the right to negotiate with preferred bidders after a competitive bidding process or price
quotations should the tendered prices not be market-related.
Main contractors/ suppliers are discouraged from subcontracting with their subsidiary companies as this
may be interpreted as subcontracting with themselves and / or using their subsidiaries for fronting. Where
a main contractor subcontracts with a subsidiary, this must be declared in its tender documents.
A report containing a list of potential sub-contractors may be drawn by accessing the following link:
“proof of B-BBEE status level of contributor” means-
(a) the B-BBEE status level certificate issued by an authorised body or person; or
(b) a sworn affidavit as prescribed by the B-BBEE Codes of Good Practice; or
(c) any other requirement prescribed in terms of the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act
Controlled Disclosure
Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected]
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with
the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom
Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 76
File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 23 Milling Plant and PF piping maintenance
Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template
Document 240-114238630 Rev 23
Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier
for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
1.2 Tender returnables
The tenderer must submit the returnable set out hereunder as part of its tender at the stipulated deadline.
Note the following: -
These returnables are required to be fully completed, signed (if required on the returnable) and submitted
with the tender at Tender closing date and time. If not fully completed, signed (if required on the
returnable) and/or submitted by tender closing, the tenderer will be disqualified.
** Returnable required at Tender closing (non-disqualifiable): -
These returnables are required to be fully completed, signed (if required on the returnable) and submitted
with Tender at Tender closing date and time; however, if not submitted by Tender closing, or submitted
with incomplete information or without a required signature, the Procurement Practitioner will, in writing,
request the tenderer to submit the returnable within 5 working days. If the returnable is not fully
completed, signed if required and/or received by the Procurement Practitioner within 5 working days of
the request, the tenderer will be disqualified.
The 5 working days period does not apply to CIDB proof of grading. Refer to the returnable table the
prescribed period for CIDB proof of grading.
These returnables are required to be submitted at tender closing date and time. These returnables will
not be requested by the Procurement Practitioner. A tenderer that does not submit the required returnable
at stipulated deadline or submits an incomplete returnable; will not be disqualified but will score zero.
Controlled Disclosure
Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected]
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with
the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom
Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 76
File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 23 Milling Plant and PF piping maintenance
Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template
Document 240-114238630 Rev 23
Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier
for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
Reference Returnable From Suppliers at
closing at (Non-** prior Award. required required required Tender closing. (disqualifiable)* Contract disqualifiable)
to Returnable Returnable Tender Returnable
Basic Compliance √
Electronic copy of the tender in a PDF format. The
price list needs to be submitted in PDF and a copy in
excel format (The limit is 50MB per file and total
submission of 900MB per submission)
to submit the tender via e-tending will not be
considered.
tender returnables as at stipulated deadlines.
Annexure A Authorisation Form √
Annexure B Acknowledgement Form √
Annexure C Tenderers Particulars √
Annexure D Integrity Pact Declaration form √
Annexure E CPA for local goods/services (if applicable) √
Annexure F CPA(IG) for imported goods/services (if applicable) √
Annexure G1-G4 SBD 6.2 -Declaration certificate for local production √
and content and Annexures G2,G3,G4
Annexure H SBD 1- to be completed and submitted by all √
(applicable for all tenderers.
suppliers including
Foreign suppliers)
PPPFA 2022 regulations
Annexure J SBD 4 – Bidders Disclosure √
Reverse e-auction √
training
Controlled Disclosure
Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected]
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with
the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom
Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 76
File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 23 Milling Plant and PF piping maintenance
Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template
Document 240-114238630 Rev 23
Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier
for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
Reference Returnable From Suppliers at
closing at (Non-** prior Award. required required required Tender closing. (disqualifiable)* Contract disqualifiable)
to Returnable Returnable Tender Returnable
acknowledgement
form (if applicable)
E-tendering Help √
Manual
acknowledgement
form (If applicable)
Additional Letter of intent to form a JV/consortium or Valid joint √
Documents required venture agreement confirming the rights and
in the event of JV: - obligations of each of the joint venture partners and
their profit-sharing ratios.
Separate written confirmation that the joint venture will √
operate as a single business entity (incorporated) for
the duration of the contract or this may be included as
an obligation within the JV agreement.
Details and confirmation of a single designated bank √
account in the name of the JV and independent of the
individual JV partners, as set out in the joint venture
agreement.
specific goals will not result in its disqualification.
The tenderer will, however, be scored zero for
Specific Goals for purposes of PPPFA scoring and
ranking.
Tax Clearance A certified copy of a tax clearance certificate is √
Certificates required from foreign tenderers (with a footprint in
South Africa but that are not registered on CSD and
have not provided a SARS pin number) and local
tenderers (that have not provided their SARS e-filing
PIN number for verification by Eskom and/or their
CSD profile / CSD number).
Foreign suppliers with no footprint in South Africa must
complete the SBD1 document; however, no proof of
tax compliance is required.
Controlled Disclosure
Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected]
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with
the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom
Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 76
File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 23 Milling Plant and PF piping maintenance
Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template
Document 240-114238630 Rev 23
Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier
for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
Reference Returnable From Suppliers at
closing at (Non-** prior Award. required required required Tender closing. (disqualifiable)* Contract disqualifiable)
to Returnable Returnable Tender Returnable
Tax Evaluation Evaluation questionnaire to determine whether a √
Questionnaire (if company, close corporation (CC) or Trust is a personal
services contract service provider for purposes of PAYE
and was included as
annexure)
Compliance with To the extent that the tenderer falls within the definition √
Employment Equity of a “designated Employer” as contemplated in the
Act Employment Equity Act , the tenderer is
required to furnish the Employer with proof of
compliance with the Employment Equity Act, including
proof of submission of the Employment Equity report to
the Department of Labour. (South African tenderers
only)
CIDB (where Valid proof of the required CIDB grading designation N/A
applicable) for the main contractor; JV and /or sub-contractor as
may be required in the tender data at tender closing
deadline or within 21 working days from the closing
date of submission of tenders if this is agreed with the
Employer
NEC or other NEC or other Contract, completed in full. √
Contract
Pricing schedule Completed pricing schedule (if not already submitted √
in the NEC or other Contract).
For e-tendering price schedule needs to be submitted
in PDF and a copy in excel format
Additional √
documents required
(Ecsa/
SACPCMP/CVs/
Controlled Disclosure
Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected]
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with
the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom
Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 76
File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 23 Milling Plant and PF piping maintenance
Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template
Document 240-114238630 Rev 23
Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier
for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
Reference Returnable From Suppliers at
closing at (Non-** prior Award. required required required Tender closing. (disqualifiable)* Contract disqualifiable)
to Returnable Returnable Tender Returnable
permits/licenses/
specific registration
documents
(if applicable to
scope of work)
Mandatory contractual requirements
Supporting evidence
Mandatory Proof of valid and current CSD Registration (CSD √
Contractual number/CSD Report)
Experience & Qualifications
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) GroundWater.pdf (RFP)Returnable
Minimum of 3 years’ Letters from Confirmation of required
experience on similar previous clients experience in water and aquatic
from previous or current previous or
clients or contracts with current clients
previous or current clients will be required
will be requires as a proof as proof and
and contactable contactable
references). references
personnel to be used, with
specification
Minimum of 3 years’ Letters from previous clients or 40% 3 years of continuous monitoring or
experience on similar contracts with previous or current more completed projects of similar
work done (Note: Letters clients will be required as proof nature – 40%
from previous or current and contactable references
1 - 2 years of continuous monitoring – clients or contracts with
0% previous or current clients
will be requires as a proof
and contactable
references).
for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
Proof of relevant CV, Qualifications and registration 30% Project Manager
experience (CVs and certificates
+- 5 years experience and proof of Qualifications) of key
Geohydrologist – 10% up-to-date references and
proof of registration as a Specialist x 2
professionals
+-3 years’ experience (e.g.
National diploma and 1-2 years’ field
work experience and matric - 5%
Matric and 1-2 years’ field work
experience and matric - 5%
Organogram indicating Organogram 5% Organogram indicating the Project
the team for the required Manager, Specialists and Junior.
service (including their
responsibilities)
Laboratory Accreditation Lab certificate - valid 10% Submitted valid accreditation certificate
certificate. – 10%
for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
Score (%) Definition
5 100 compliant
4 80 compliant with associated qualifications
3 60 partial-compliant
2 40 non-compliant
0 0 totally deficient or non-responsive
Note 1: The scoring table does not allow for scoring of 1
Note 2: Foreseen acceptable and unacceptable risk(s), exceptions and conditions shall be
unambiguously defined in the relevant Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy.
Quality Management
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) GroundWater.pdf (RFP)Quality requirements: Supplier shall complete and sign Form A (Enquiry/Contract/Quality Requirements for Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/QM 58 and ISO 9001). Submit a quality method statement based on ISO 9001 and specific to scope of work, addressing all business management processes. Submit signed/approved quality policy aligned with strategic direction. Submit copy of quality objectives. Submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes, Products and Services. Submit documented information for roles, responsibilities and authorities specific to project/scope of work/technical requirements (e.g., organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty statements, manuals, procedures).
Pricing Schedule
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) GroundWater.pdf (RFP)Platform CE 21.3
(eskom.co.za)
1.1.14 E-tendering Help Manual acknowledgement form Y
1.1.15 E-tendering Help Manual for supplier Y
1.1.16 CIDB Contract Skills Development Goals (CSDG) N/A
(if applicable)
1.1.17 Contract Participation Goals (CPG) N/A
(if applicable)
1.1.18 Scope of Work Y
1.1.19 NEC or other Contract Y
1.1.20 Pricing Schedule/BOQ (if not contained in Contract) Y
Goal, it will not be disqualified. However, it will be awarded 0 points
for that Specific Goal.
3.19 Ranking of tenders Tenderers will be ranked by applying the preferential point scoring for
the 80/20 system. Eskom will add the score from Pricing and Specific
Pricing schedule Completed pricing schedule (if not already submitted √
in the NEC or other Contract).
Compliance Requirements
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) GroundWater.pdf (RFP)ADDITIONAL CONTRACTUAL REQUIREMENTS SUPPORTING EVIDENCE Safety The following are the minimum requirements for √ tendering
Annexure B: SHE requirement for tender enquiries;
OHS plan must be aligned with the OHS specification and scope of work.
Costing for Safety Health and Environmental management ( the following are minimum requirements but not limited, medical fitness assessment, PPE, Trainings);
Baseline Risk Assessment (BRA : Identification, assessment and management of OHS risks related to the scope of work. The methodology used for the risk assessment must be provided together with the BRA
Valid Letter of Good Standing;
policy signed by CEO/ MD; and
OHS Competency (Consider scope of work, risks, SHE plan and applicability) CV,s and qualifications / certificates (LMI & LME certificates). Upon contract awarding, the successful contractor should submit a safety file within 2 weeks prior the commencement of activities on site. The safety file must be as per the issued OHS specification. Controlled Disclosure Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected] When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30 of 76 File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 23 Milling Plant and PF piping maintenance Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template Document 240-114238630 Rev 23 Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025 Review Date February 2030 Quality The supplier shall complete and sign Form A √ (Enquiry/Contract/Quality Requirements for Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001). The supplier shall submit a quality method statement based on ISO 9001 and specific to the scope of work. The quality method statement should address all the supplier’s business management processes to ensure that all of Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis. The supplier shall submit a signed/ approved quality policy (aligned with the supplier’s strategic direction). (documented information) The supplier shall submit a copy of quality objectives. (documented information) The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes, Products and Services. The supplier shall submit a copy of the documented information for roles, responsibilities and authorities, specific to the project/ scope of work/ technical requirements. Examples of relevant documented information are; organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty statements, manuals, procedures. Note: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnable document (240- 12248652). Controlled Disclosure Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected] When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30 of 76 File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 23 Milling Plant and PF piping maintenance Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template Document 240-114238630 Rev 23 Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025 Review Date February 2030 Reference Returnable From Suppliers at closing at (Non-** prior Award. required required required Tender closing. (disqualifiable)* Contract disqualifiable) to Returnable Returnable Tender Returnable Environmental Environmental requirements √
Environmental Policy (SHEQ Policy) that is signed by the CEO/Top Management.
An Aspect/Impact register based on the scope of works as per tender documentation.
Emergency Preparedness Plan
Waste Management Plan
Proof of SANAS accredited laboratory/ agreement
Borehole drilling competency Controlled Disclosure Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected] When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30 of 76 File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 23 Milling Plant and PF piping maintenance Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template Document 240-114238630 Rev 23 Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025 Review Date February 2030 Reference Returnable From Suppliers at closing at (Non-** prior Award. required required required Tender closing. (disqualifiable)* Contract disqualifiable) to Returnable Returnable Tender Returnable Due Audited Financial Statements of the tenderer for the √ Diligence/financial previous 18 months, or to the extent that such analysis statements are not available, for the last year. In the case of a joint venture or special purpose vehicle (SPV) specially formed for this tender, audited financial statements for each participant in the JV / SPV must be submitted. Start-up enterprises formed within the last 12 months are not required to submit audited financial statements, but if successful in this Invitation to Tender ; will be required to furnish statements for the first year once available. DOCUMENTS REQUIRED UNDER FUNCTIONALITY/TECHINICAL CRITERIA Functionality/Technical See detailed functionality criteria (item √ [required for evaluation 3.12) /scoring] Controlled Disclosure Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected] When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30 of 76 File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 23 Milling Plant and PF piping maintenance Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template Document 240-114238630 Rev 23 Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025 Review Date February 2030 ANNEXURE A AUTHORISATION FORM Indicate the status of the tenderer by ticking the appropriate box below. A B C D E F COMPANY CLOSE PARTNERSHIP JOINT SOLE TRUST CORPORATION VENTURE PROPRIETOR The tenderer must complete the appropriate certificate set out below for its category of organisation. If the tenderer is a company, close corporation, joint venture, or trust the tenderer must attach a certified copy the document that is proof of the contents of the certificate (resolution of the board of directors of a company, members’ resolution of a close corporation, power of attorney in the case of a joint venture, or resolution of the board of trustees of a trust). Note further that, in addition to completing the relevant certificate for category of organisation, the authorised representative of the tenderer is also required to complete and sign the table at the end of this Authorisation Form.
Certificate for company I,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ , in my capacity as of the board of directors of , hereby confirm that by resolution of the board taken on _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (date), Mr/Ms _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , acting in his/her capacity of _________________________ , is authorised to submit this tender on behalf of the company, and to sign all documents in connection with this tender and any contract that may result from it on behalf of the company. A certified copy of the resolution of the board is annexed to this Form. Signed: Date: Name: Position: Controlled Disclosure Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected] When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30 of 76 File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 23 Milling Plant and PF piping maintenance Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template Document 240-114238630 Rev 23 Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025 Review Date February 2030
Certificate for close corporation I,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ , in my capacity as member of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , hereby confirm that by majority vote of the members taken on _ _ __________________ (date), Mr/Ms , acting in his/her capacity of _________________________ , is authorised to submit this tender on behalf of the close corporation, and to sign all documents in connection with this tender and any contract that may result from it on behalf of the close corporation. A certified copy of the members’ resolution is annexed to this Form. Signed: Date: Name: Position
Certificate for partnership We, the undersigned, being the key partners in the business trading as _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ______________________ hereby authorise Mr/Ms , acting in his/her capacity of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, to submit this tender on behalf of the partnership, and to sign all documents in connection with the tender and any contract that may result from it on behalf of the partnership. Name Address Signature Date NOTE: This certificate is required to be completed and signed by the full number of Partners necessary to commit the Partnership. Attach additional pages if more space is required. Controlled Disclosure Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected] When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30 of 76 File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 23 Milling Plant and PF piping maintenance Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template Document 240-114238630 Rev 23 Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025 Review Date February 2030
Certificate for Joint Venture We, the undersigned, are submitting this tender offer in Joint Venture and hereby authorise Mr/Ms _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, an authorised signatory of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , being the lead member in the Joint Venture, to sign all documents in connection with the tender and any contract that may result from it on behalf of all the members in the Joint Venture. This authorisation is evidenced by the attached power of attorney signed by the legally authorised signatories of all the members in the Joint Venture. We attach to this Form a certified copy of the Joint Venture Agreement which incorporates a statement that all members in the Joint Venture are liable jointly and severally for the execution of the contract, a term that indicates which member will be the lead member, and terms that indicate the ratios according to which work and payment will be divided amongst the members. Name of JV member Address Authorised signature, name and capacity Lead member Member Member Member NOTE: This certificate is required to be completed and signed by all members of the joint venture. Attach additional pages if more space is required.
Certificate for sole proprietor I, , hereby confirm that I am the sole proprietor of the business trading as _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Signed: Date: Name: Position: (Sole Proprietor) Controlled Disclosure Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected] When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30 of 76 File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 23 Milling Plant and PF piping maintenance Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template Document 240-114238630 Rev 23 Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025 Review Date February 2030
Certificate for trust I,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ , in my capacity as of the board of trustees of , hereby confirm that by resolution of the board of trustees taken on _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (date), Mr/Ms _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , acting in his/her capacity of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, is authorised to submit this tender on behalf of the trust and to sign all documents in connection with this tender and any contract that may result from it on behalf of the trust. A certified copy of the resolution of the board of trustees is annexed to this Form. Signed: Date: Name: Position: NOTE: The table below must also be fully completed by all tenderers in addition to the certificate that was selected and completed above. Name of tenderer: Full names of authorised signatory: Designation and capacity: Signature of authorised signatory Date of signature: Controlled Disclosure Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected] When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30 of 76 File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 23 Milling Plant and PF piping maintenance Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template
Points Allocation: 20 points
B-BBEE Details: es the right to negotiate with preferred bidders after a competitive bidding process or price
quotations should the tendered prices not be market-related.
Main contractors/ suppliers are discouraged from subcontracting with their subsidiary companies as this
may be interpreted as subcontracting with themselves and / or using their subsidiaries for fronting. Where
a main contractor subcontracts with a subsidiary, this must be declared in its tender documents.
A report containing a list of potential sub-contractors may be drawn by accessing the following link:
“proof of B-BBEE status level of contributor” means-
(a) the B-BBEE status level certificate issued by an authorised body or person; or
(b) a sworn affidavit as prescribed by the B-BBEE Codes of Good Practice; or
(c) any other requirement prescribed in terms of the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act
Controlled Disclosure
Anonymously report fraud, corruption at 0800 11 2722/ [email protected]
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with
the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of Eskom
Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
of 76
File name: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) Template Rev. 23 Milling Plant and PF piping maintenance
Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template
Document 240-114238630 Rev 23
Invitation to Tender/ Request Identifier
for Proposal Effective Date 21 February 2025
Review Date February 2030
1.2 Tender returnables
The tenderer must submit th
Health & Safety
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) GroundWater.pdf (RFP)SECTION 1 – Commercial Requirements
SECTION 2 - Technical Requirements
SECTION 3 – SHEQ Requirements
SECTION 5 - SDL&I Requirements
SECTION 6 - Financial Requirements
Appendix Attached (SDL&I)
3.21 Reverse e-auction Not applicable
(if applicable)
applicable:
Safety The following are the minimum requirements for √
tendering:
specification and scope of work.
management ( the following are minimum requirements
but not limited, medical fitness assessment, PPE,
Trainings);
assessment and management of OHS risks related to
the scope of work. The methodology used for the risk
assessment must be provided together with the BRA
SHE plan and applicability) CV,s and qualifications /
certificates (LMI & LME certificates).
should submit a safety file within 2 weeks prior the
commencement of activities on site. The safety file
must be as per the issued OHS specification.
closing at (Non-** prior Award. required required required Tender closing. (disqualifiable)* Contract disqualifiable)
to Returnable Returnable Tender Returnable
Environmental Environmental requirements √
signed by the CEO/Top Management.
works as per tender documentation.
Emergency Preparedness Plan
Waste Management Plan
Proof of SANAS accredited laboratory/
agreement
Contractual Terms
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) GroundWater.pdf (RFP)of a country if the tenderer is a national or is constituted,
incorporated, or registered and operates in conformity with the
provisions of the laws of that country. This criterion shall also
apply to the determination of the nationality of proposed
subcontractors or suppliers for any part of the Contract including
related services.
individually or as a partner in a joint venture (JV) or consortium,
except on an E-Tendering system where there is a limit size
(900MB) for submission and the tenderers may submit more
than one submission with the same tender number.
submitting tenders and concluding contracts with Eskom:
For contracts valued below R50 000 000 (Fifty Million Rand) including VAT, Eskom is committed to paying
Suppliers within 30 days of receipt of undisputed invoices.
For contracts valued above R50 000 000 (Fifty Million Rand) including VAT, Eskom is committed to paying
suppliers within 60 days of receipt of undisputed invoices.
Requirements
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) GroundWater.pdf (RFP)Eligibility criteria: Tenderers must not be under any restriction to do business with Eskom or State-Owned Companies. Ineligible if: nationality of a country on international sanctions list; submitting more than one tender (except where e-tendering size limit requires multiple submissions); JV/consortium agreement does not state joint and several liability; conflict of interest; tenders signed by non-authorised persons; restricted by National Treasury; on Tender Defaulters list; sub-contracting 100% of the Scope of Work. Basic compliance requires meeting eligibility criteria, submitting electronically via e-tendering, and submitting mandatory commercial tender returnables by stipulated deadlines.
Section
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) or Request for Proposal (RFP) GroundWater.pdf (RFP)Pricing is scored out of 80 points. Mandatory technical criteria include a minimum of 3 years' experience on similar projects, supported by reference letters. Contractual requirements (e.g., CSD registration, CIDB grading where applicable) are assessed after evaluation and ranking; proof must be submitted prior to award. Failure to meet contractual requirements may result in disqualification.
Description
Source: Surface and groundwater monitoring NEC.pdf (unknown)Surface, Groundwater and Aquatic monitoring at Kusile Power Station on as and when required basis for period of five (5) years. The service is Surface, Groundwater and Aquatic monitoring at Kusile Power Station. The Affected Property is the areas within jurisdiction of the identified Power Station (Kusile), as dictated by the core scope defined in the Service Information and Station Addendum.
Contact Information
Source: Surface and groundwater monitoring NEC.pdf (unknown){"name":null,"email":"[email protected]","phone":"013 699 7817","department":null,"address":"n the conditions of contract identified in"}
Submission Guidelines
Source: Surface and groundwater monitoring NEC.pdf (unknown)Returnable Documents: C1.1 Form of Offer and Acceptance [●], C1.1 Form of Offer & Acceptance, By the representative of the tenderer, deemed to be duly authorised, signing this part of this Form of Offer and, This Offer may be accepted by the Employer by signing the Acceptance part of this Form of Offer and
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Surface and groundwater monitoring NEC.pdf (unknown)Not explicitly stated in the provided text, but the contract includes standard NEC evaluation and pricing assumptions.
Technical Specifications
Source: Surface and groundwater monitoring NEC.pdf (unknown)requirements. This monitoring should be undertaken bi-weekly, monthly, quarterly and annually at
specified points as stipulated in Section 6.1 and 6.2.
plan requirements showing dates, location and time of monitoring and groundwater levels.
downstream of the Kusile Power Station in order to monitor the effect on the aquatic ecosystem as
stipulated in Section 6.3.
points) when required.
analysis).
quarterly basis.
each of the sub-catchments) at the same time as the collection of the samples.
locations and by comparing the quality returned with the RWQO for the quaternary catchment and the
baseline water quality.
determining the contribution by the Kusile Power Station operation to the water quality of the
catchment it impacts.
contribution of turbidity levels to its downstream users taking into consideration the background levels.
analysis. The accreditation certificate must be attached to the reports as they are submitted.
species.
non-compliances.
concentration) in each reach of the spruit and in relevant reaches of the river and consult other sources
where necessary and department of water and sanitation.
years.
Part c3: scope of work c3.1 Tsc3 employer’s service information
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER
Surface, groundwater and aqautic monitoring at kusile power station on as and when required basis
For period of five (5) year
Data Capturing
submit raw data in a WISH format on monthly basis.
and DWS targets ranges.
Reporting
appropriate mitigation measures should the aquifer be found vulnerable to pollution. The bi-weekly
report must be submitted a week after sampling was done.
water quality, water surface monitoring maps, possible pollution sources and identify appropriate
mitigation measures should the aquifer be found vulnerable to pollution. The monthly report must be
submitted a month after sampling was done.
and identify appropriate mitigation measures should the aquifer be found vulnerable to pollution. The
monthly report must be submitted a month after sampling was done.
monitoring findings, reviewed constituents and standards and recommended mitigation measures.
recommended mitigation measures and give solutions should water quality be impacted by Kusile
Power Station.
recorded together with the results of the analysis.
The adhoc services will include but not limited to:
upstream mining activities, agricultural impacts on water resources around and within the Kusile
Complex.
undertake full investigation on root cause and provide a way forward.
understanding of the total monitoring system ensuring capacity to proactively minimise any
environmental issues that could arise from any of the Kusile Power Station activities.
required by DWS)
1.3 Interpretation and terminology
If required include here definitions additional to those used in the conditions of contract which are required only
for the purpose of making the Service Information easier to draft and read. Also list abbreviations used and
provide a full interpretation of each one, for example:
The following abbreviations are used in this Service Information:
Abbreviation Meaning given to the abbreviation
OBL Outside battery limits
Part c3: scope of work c3.1 Tsc3 employer’s service information
Experience & Qualifications
Source: Surface and groundwater monitoring NEC.pdf (unknown)2 Name:
Job
Responsibilities:
CV's (and further key person's data including
CVs) are in .
A Priced contract with price list
11.2(12) The price list is in
11.2(19) The tendered total of the Prices is R
Part c1: agreements and contract data c1.2B Tsc3 contract data part 2
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER
Surface, groundwater and aqautic monitoring at kusile power station on as and when required basis
For period of five (5) year
C Target contract with price list
11.2(12) The price list is in
11.2(20) The tendered total of the Prices is R
E Cost reimbursable contract
11.2(12) The price list is in
Part c1: agreements and contract data c1.2B Tsc3 contract data part 2
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NO.
Surface, groundwater and aqautic monitoring at kusile power station on as and when required basis
For period of five (5) year
Part 2: pricing data
TSC3 Option A
Document Title No of
reference pages
C2.1 Pricing assumptions: Option A 2
C2.2 The price list [●]
Part c2: pricing data c2 tsc3 cover
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NO.
Surface, groundwater and aqautic monitoring at kusile power station on as and when required basis
For period of five (5) year
C2.1 Pricing assumptions: Option A
Clause 11 in NEC3 Term Service Contract (TSC3) core clauses and Option A states:
Identified and 11
defined terms 11.2 (12) The Price List is the price list unless later changed in accordance with this
contract.
(17) The Price for Services Provided to Date is the total of
completed and
calculated by multiplying the quantity which the Contractor has completed
by the rate.
(19) The Prices are the amounts stated in the Price column of the Price List.
Where a quantity is stated for an item in the Price List, the Price is calculated
by multiplying the quantity by the rate.
This confirms that Option A is a priced contract where the Prices are derived from a list of items of service
which can be priced as lump sums or as expected quantities of service multiplied by a rate or a mix of both.
Clause 54.1 in Option A states: “Information in the Price List is not Service Information”. This confirms that
instructions to do work or how it is to be done are not included in the Price List but in the Service Information.
This is further confirmed by Clause 20.1 which states, “The Contractor Provides the Service in accordance
with the Service Information”. Hence the Contractor does not Provide the Service in accordance with the Price
List. The Price List is only a pricing document.
Clause 21.4 states “The Contractor provides information which shows how each item description on the
Price List relates to the operations on each plan which he submits for acceptance”. Hence when compiling
the price list, the tendering contractor needs to develop his first clause 21.2 plan in such a way that
operations shown on it can be priced in the price list and result in a satisfactory cash flow in terms of clause
11.2(17).
Before preparing the price list, both the Employer and tendering contractors should read the TSC3 Guidance
Notes pages 14 and 15. In an Option A contract, either Party may have entered items into the price list
either as a process of offer and acceptance (tendering) or by negotiation depending on the nature of the
service to be provided. Alternatively the Employer, in his Instructions to Tenderers or in a Tender Schedule,
may have listed some items that he requires the Contractor to include in the price list to be prepared and
priced by him.
Part c2: pricing data c2.1 TSC3/A pricing assumptions
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NO.
Surface, groundwater and aqautic monitoring at kusile power station on as and when required basis
For period of five (5) year
It is assumed that in preparing or finalising the price list the Contractor:
to Providing the Service in accordance with the Service Information, as it was at the time of tender,
as well as correct any Defects not caused by an Employer’s risk;
items in order to fulfil the obligation to complete the service for the tendered total of the Prices.
within that item later turns out to be different to that which the Contractor estimated at time of tender.
The only basis for a change to the (lump sum) Prices is as a result of a compensation event.
4.1. Format of the price list
(From the example given in an Appendix within the TSC3 Guidance Notes)
Entries in the first four columns in the price list in section C2.2 are made either by the Employer or the
tendering contractor.
If the Contractor is to be paid an amount for the item which is not adjusted if the quantity of work in the
item changes, the tendering contractor enters the amount in the Price column only, the Unit, Expected
Quantity and Rate columns being left blank.
If the Contractor is to be paid an amount for an item of work which is the rate for the work multiplied by
the quantity completed, the tendering contractor enters the rate which is then multiplied by the Expected
Quantity to produce the Price, which is also entered.
If the Contractor is to be paid a Price for an item proportional to the length of time for which a service is
provided, a unit of time is stated in the Unit column and the expected length of time (as a quantity of the
stated units of time) is stated in the Expected Quantity column.
Part c2: pricing data c2.1 TSC3/A pricing assumptions
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NO.
Surface, groundwater and aqautic monitoring at kusile power station on as and when required basis
For period of five (5) year
C2.2 the price list
Item nr Description Unit Expected Rate Price
Quantity
Section 1 - preliminary & general
1.1 Safety file Once 1
Off
1.2 Medicals - Entry (Per Person) Per 6
person
1.3 Medicals - Exit (Per Person) Per 6
person
1.4 Security Clearance Certification (Per Per 6
Person) person
1.5 Training (Confined space) (Per Person) Per 6
person
1.6 Risk Assessment training Per 6
person
1.7 Sedan (1 Off) Per 60
month
1.8 Site Bakkie (4x4 Double Cab Bakkie) (1 Per 60
Off) month
Section 2 RESOURCES (normal hours)
2.1 Project Director (4 hours per month) – 3 hours 240
Years Relevant experience (1 Off)
2.2 Specialist (32 hours per month) – 3 Years hours 3840
Relevant experience (2 Off)
2.3 Junior (40 hours per month) – 3 Years hours 2400
Relevant experience (1 Off)
2.4 Assistant (40 hours per month) - 3 Years hours 2400
Relevant experience (1 Off)
2.5 Safety Office (40 hours per month) – 3 hours 2400
Years Relevant experience (1 Off)
Section 3 distribution
3.1 Travelling= 40 000 km 40 000
3.2 Laboratory Testing ( 36 surface water sum 2160
samples per month=2160samples)
3.3 Laboratory Testing ( 37 Groundwater water sum 740
samples quartely =740 samples)
Part c2: pricing data c2.2 TSC3/A price list
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NO.
Surface, groundwater and aqautic monitoring at kusile power station on as and when required basis
For period of five (5) year
3.4 Weekly Reports (120) No 120
3.5 Monthly Reports (60) No 60
3.6 Quarterly Reports (20) No 20
3.7 Annual reports (5) No 5
3.8 Surface sampling (Weekly) (10 samples)= No 2400
2400 samples
3.9 Geohydrological Model (Annually)=5 No 5
3.10 Soil Sampling (when required) =1 No 1
3.11 Purging of 10 boreholes (Annually)=50 No 50
3.12 Aquatic/Bi-monitoring analyses (Quarterly - No 20
4 x per year)=20
3.13 Inspect the functioning of storm water No 5
infrastructure and associated turbidity
impact annually=5
3.14 EMC Meeting and presentation 4 x per Each 20
year=20
3.15 Wetland delianation study (once in 5 Each 1
years)=1
3.16 Update the Integrated Waste and Water Each 1
Management Plan (once in 5 years) =1
3.17 Update of Water conservation and Water Each 1
Demand Management Plan
3.18 Assess the habitat to monitor the Each 5
sustainability of the stream diversions
(every year)
3.19 Conduct a source apportionment study - to Each 1
determine load (from simultaneously
measured flow and concentration) in each
reach of the spruit and in relevant reaches
of the river and consult other sources where
necessary and department of water and
sanitation.
3.10 Site walkdown by an Ecologist during Each 5
growing season (October to March) to
identify bulbous plant species.(Annually)=5
3.11 Update the Master Layout Plan as per the Each 1
WUL requirements
Section 4 - adhoc services
4.1 Emergency sampling e.g. dam overflow=20 Each 20
4.2 Review of existing monitoring methodology, Each 1
network and amendment if necessary.
(once in 5 years)
4.3 Adhoc Environmental Monitoring Each 1
Part c2: pricing data c2.2 TSC3/A price list
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NO.
Surface, groundwater and aqautic monitoring at kusile power station on as and when required basis
For period of five (5) year
Committee meeting when required
4.4 Conduct risk analysis and pollution source Each 1
investigations should the need arises, this
is related to upstream mining activities,
agricultural impacts on water resources
around and within the Kusile Complex
4.5 Training to be done on an “as and when Each 1
required” basis to Kusile Power Station
personnel for a better understanding of the
total monitoring system ensuring capacity to
proactively minimise any environmental
issues that could arise from any of the
Kusile Power Station activities.
4.4 Conduct other water management related Each 1
studies when required (e.g. any
interventions or studies required by DWS)
4.5 Maintenance of monitoring network which Each 20
includes replacing of destroyed and lost
monitoring points. 4 boreholes per 3
years=20
The total of the Prices
Part c2: pricing data c2.2 TSC3/A price list
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER
Surface, groundwater and aqautic monitoring at kusile power station on as and when required basis
For period of five (5) year
Part 3: scope of work
Document Title No of
reference pages
This cover
C3.1 Employer’s Service Information 2
C3.2 Contractor’s Service Information 12
Total number of pages 15
Part c3: scope of work 1 c3 tsc3 cover page
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER
Surface, groundwater and aqautic monitoring at kusile power station on as and when required basis
For period of five (5) year
C3.1: Employer’s service information
Contents
When the document is complete, insert a ‘Table of Contents’. To do this go to: Insert, → Reference, → Index
and tables → Table of Contents. Three levels and the title (but not the subtitle) may be shown if the formats
used in this template are retained.
Otherwise insert list of contents manually.
Part 3: Scope of Work ....................................................................................................................................... 1
C3.1: Employer’s service Information ....................................................................................................................... 2
1 Description of the service ........................................................................................................................ 4
1.1 Executive overview.............................................................................................................................. 4
1.2 Employer’s requirements for the service ............................................................................................. 4
1.3 Interpretation and terminology ............................................................................................................. 5
2 Management strategy and start up ......................................................................................................... 7
2.1 The Contractor’s plan for the service .................................................................................................. 7
2.2 Management meetings ........................................................................................................................ 7
2.3 Contractor’s management, supervision and key people ............................................................................ 8
2.4 Provision of bonds and guarantees ..................................................................................................... 8
2.5 Documentation control ........................................................................................................................ 8
2.6 Invoicing and payment ........................................................................................................................ 8
2.7 Contract change management ............................................................................................................ 9
2.8 Records of Defined Cost to be kept by the Contractor ........................................................................ 9
2.9 Insurance provided by the Employer ................................................................................................... 9
2.10 Training workshops and technology transfer ....................................................................................... 9
2.11 Design and supply of Equipment ......................................................................................................... 9
2.12 Things provided at the end of the service period for the Employer’s use .............................................. 10
2.12.1 Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 10
2.12.2 Information and other things ........................................................................................................ 10
2.13 Management of work done by Task Order ........................................................................................ 10
3 Health and safety, the environment and quality assurance ............................................................... 11
3.1 Health and safety risk management .................................................................................................. 11
3.2 Environmental constraints and management .................................................................................... 11
3.3 Quality assurance requirements ........................................................................................................ 11
4 Procurement ........................................................................................................................................... 12
4.1 People ............................................................................................................................................... 12
4.1.1 Minimum requirements of people employed ................................................................................ 12
4.1.2 BBBEE and preferencing scheme ............................................................................................... 12
Part c3: scope of work c3.1 Tsc3 employer’s service information
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER
Surface, groundwater and aqautic monitoring at kusile power station on as and when required basis
For period of five (5) year
4.1.3 Accelerated Shared Growth Initiative – South Africa (ASGI-SA) ................................................. 12
4.2 Subcontracting .................................................................................................................................. 12
4.2.1 Preferred subcontractors ............................................................................................................. 12
4.2.2 Subcontract documentation, and assessment of subcontract tenders ........................................ 12
4.2.3 Limitations on subcontracting ...................................................................................................... 13
4.2.4 Attendance on subcontractors ..................................................................................................... 13
4.3 Plant and Materials ............................................................................................................................ 13
4.3.1 Specifications .............................................................................................................................. 13
4.3.2 Correction of defects ................................................................................................................... 13
4.3.3 Contractor’s procurement of Plant and Materials ............................................................................... 13
4.3.4 Tests and inspections before delivery ......................................................................................... 13
4.3.5 Plant & Materials provided “free issue” by the Employer ............................................................. 14
4.3.6 Cataloguing requirements............................................................................................................ 14
5 Working on the Affected Property ........................................................................................................ 15
5.1 Employer’s site entry and security control, permits, and site regulations .............................................. 15
5.2 People restrictions, hours of work, conduct and records ................................................................... 15
5.3 Health and safety facilities on the Affected Property ......................................................................... 15
5.4 Environmental controls, fauna & flora ............................................................................................... 15
5.5 Cooperating with and obtaining acceptance of Others ...................................................................... 15
5.6 Records of Contractor’s Equipment............................................................................................................ 15
5.7 Equipment provided by the Employer ............................................................................................... 16
5.8 Site services and facilities ................................................................................................................. 16
5.8.1 Provided by the Employer ........................................................................................................... 16
5.8.2 Provided by the Contractor .......................................................................................................... 16
5.9 Control of noise, dust, water and waste ............................................................................................ 16
5.10 Hook ups to existing works ................................................................................................................ 16
5.11 Tests and inspections ........................................................................................................................ 16
5.11.1 Description of tests and inspections ............................................................................................ 16
5.11.2 Materials facilities and samples for tests and inspections ........................................................... 16
6 List of drawings ...................................................................................................................................... 17
6.1 Drawings issued by the Employer ..................................................................................................... 17
Part c3: scope of work c3.1 Tsc3 employer’s service information
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER
Surface, groundwater and aqautic monitoring at kusile power station on as and when required basis
For period of five (5) year
1 Description of the service
1.1 Executive overview
Surface, groundwater and aqautic monitoring at kusile power station on as and
When required basis for period of five (5) year
1.2 Employer’s requirements for the service
Qualifications:
Experience:
2 Name:
Qualifications:
Experience:
CV's (and further key person's data including
CVs) are in .
Quality Management
Source: Surface and groundwater monitoring NEC.pdf (unknown)30.1 The starting date is. .................
30.1 The service period is Five (05) years
4 Testing and defects 52 days after completion of each task Order.
The defect correction is 24 hours, or any period
agreed by Parties
As per Core clause 40
Pricing Schedule
Source: Surface and groundwater monitoring NEC.pdf (unknown)for period of five (5) years [●]
Contents: No of
pages
Part C1 Agreements & Contract Data [●]
Part C2 Pricing Data [●]
Part C3 Scope of Work [●]
CONTRACT No. [46000 ]
Part C1 Agreements and Contract Data, (which includes this Form of Offer and Acceptance)
Part C2 Pricing Data
Part C3 Scope of Work: Service Information
and drawings and documents (or parts thereof), which may be incorporated by reference into the above listed
For period of five (5) year
under the caption “Money Rates” in The Wall
For period of five (5) year
Part 2: pricing data
TSC3 Option A
reference pages
C2.1 Pricing assumptions: Option A 2
C2.2 The price list [●]
Part c2: pricing data c2 tsc3 cover
For period of five (5) year
C2.1 Pricing assumptions: Option A
Before preparing the price list, both the Employer and tendering contractors should read the TSC3 Guidance
Notes pages 14 and 15. In an Option A contract, either Party may have entered items into the price list
either as a process of offer and acceptance (tendering) or by negotiation depending on the nature of the
service to be provided. Alternatively the Employer, in his Instructions to Tenderers or in a Tender Schedule,
may have listed some items that he requires the Contractor to include in the price list to be prepared and
priced by him.
Part c2: pricing data c2.1 TSC3/A pricing assumptions
provided, a unit of time is stated in the Unit column and the expected length of time (as a quantity of the
stated units of time) is stated in the Expected Quantity column.
Part c2: pricing data c2.1 TSC3/A pricing assumptions
Part c2: pricing data c2.2 TSC3/A price list
Financial Requirements
Source: Surface and groundwater monitoring NEC.pdf (unknown)Payment Terms: payment certificate from the Service Manager in terms of core
clause 51.1, the Contractor provides the Employer with a tax invoice in accordance with the
Employer's procedures stated in the Service Information, showing the amount due for payment
equal to that stated in the payment certificate.
Z7.2 If the Contractor does not provide a tax invoice in the form and
Compliance Requirements
Source: Surface and groundwater monitoring NEC.pdf (unknown)C1.1 Form of Offer and Acceptance [●]
C1.1 Form of Offer & Acceptance
By the representative of the tenderer, deemed to be duly authorised, signing this part of this Form of Offer and
B-BBEE Details: TSC3 CONTRACT DATA PART 1
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NO.
Surface, groundwater and aqautic monitoring at kusile power station on as and when required basis
For period of five (5) year
Manager within two weeks of the Contract Date of the key person who has the authority to bind
the Contractor on their behalf.
Z2.3 The Contractor does not alter the composition of the joint venture, consortium or other
unincorporated grouping of two or more persons without the consent of the Employer having
been given to the Contractor in writing.
Z3 Change of Broad Based Black Economic Empowerment (B-BBEE) status
Z3.1 Where a change in the Contractor’s legal status, ownership or any other change to his business
composition or business dealings results in a change to the Contractor’s B-BBEE status, the
Contractor notifies the Employer within seven days of the change.
Z3.2 The Contractor is required to submit an updated verification certificate and necessary
supporting documentation confirming the change in his B-BBEE status to the Service Manager
within thirty days of the notification or as otherwise instructed by the Service Manager.
Z3.3 Where, as a result, the Contractor’s B-BBEE status has decreased since the Contract Date the
Employer may either re-negotiate this contract or alternatively, terminate the Contractor’s
obligation to Provide the Service.
Z3.4 Failure by the Contractor to notify the Employer of a change in its B-BBEE status may
constitute a reason for termination. If the Employer terminates in terms of this clause, the
procedures on termination are P1, P2 and P4 as stated in clause 92, and the amount due is A1
and A3 as stated in clause 93.
Z4 Confidentiality
Z4.1 The Contractor does not disclose or make any information arising from or in c
Health & Safety
Source: Surface and groundwater monitoring NEC.pdf (unknown)signature of Date
witness
Note: If a tenderer wishes to submit alternative tenders, use another copy of this Form of Offer and
service period, requires the prior written consent of the Service Manager. All rights in and to all
such images vests exclusively in the Employer.
Z4.5 The Contractor ensures that all his subcontractors abide by the undertakings in this clause.
Z5 Waiver and estoppel: Add to core clause 12.3:
Z5.1 Any extension, concession, waiver or relaxation of any action stated in this contract by the
For period of five (5) year
not give rise to an estoppel unless the Parties agree otherwise and confirm such agreement in
writing.
Z6 Health, safety and the environment: Add to core clause 27.4
Z6.1 The Contractor undertakes to take all reasonable precautions to maintain the health and safety
of persons in and about the execution of the service. Without limitation the Contractor:
provided for under the Construction Regulations 2014 (promulgated under the Occupational
Health & Safety Act ) (“the Construction Regulations”) for the Affected Property;
proper compliance with the Construction Regulations, all applicable health & safety laws
and regulations and the health and safety rules, guidelines and procedures provided for in
this contract and generally for the proper maintenance of health & safety in and about the
execution of the service; and
regulations published in GNR February 2002, under the Occupational Health and Safety
Act, 1993 (Act ) (“Asbestos Regulations”). The OEL for asbestos is 0.2 regulated
asbestos fibres per millilitre of air as a 4-hour TWA, averaged over any continuous period of four
hours, and the short term exposure limit of 0.6 regulated asbestos fibres per millilitre of air as a 10-
minute TWA, averaged over any 10 minutes, measured in accordance with HSG248 and
monitored according to HSG173 and OESSM.
Z14.2 Upon written request by the Contractor, the Employer certifies that these conditions prevail. All
measurements and reporting are effected by an independent, competent, and certified
occupational hygiene inspection body, i.e. a SANAS accredited and Department of Employment
and Labour approved AAIA. The Contractor may perform Parallel Measurements and related
control measures at the Contractor’s expense. For the purposes of compliance the results
generated from Parallel Measurements are evaluated only against South African statutory limits as
detailed in clause Z14.1. Control measures conform to the requirements stipulated in the AAIA-
approved asbestos work plan.
Z14.3 The Employer manages asbestos and ACM according to the Standard.
Z14.4 In the event that any asbestos is identified while Providing the Services, a risk assessment is
conducted and if so required, with reference to possible exposure to an airborne concentration of
above the AL for asbestos, immediate control measures are implemented and relevant air
Part c1: agreements and contract data c1.2A Tsc3 contract data part 1
to Providing the Service in accordance with the Service Information, as it was at the time of tender,
as well as correct any Defects not caused by an Employer’s risk;
items in order to fulfil the obligation to complete the service for the tendered total of the Prices.
within that item later turns out to be different to that which the Contractor estimated at time of tender.
The only basis for a change to the (lump sum) Prices is as a result of a compensation event.
4.1. Format of the price list
(From the example given in an Appendix within the TSC3 Guidance Notes)
Entries in the first four columns in the price list in section C2.2 are made either by the Employer or the
tendering contractor.
Section 1 - preliminary & general
1.1 Safety file Once 1
Off
1.2 Medicals - Entry (Per Person) Per 6
person
1.3 Medicals - Exit (Per Person) Per 6
person
1.4 Security Clearance Certification (Per Per 6
Person) person
1.5 Training (Confined space) (Per Person) Per 6
person
1.6 Risk Assessment training Per 6
person
1.7 Sedan (1 Off) Per 60
month
1.8 Site Bakkie (4x4 Double Cab Bakkie) (1 Per 60
Off) month
Section 2 RESOURCES (normal hours)
2.1 Project Director (4 hours per month) – 3 hours 240
Years Relevant experience (1 Off)
2.2 Specialist (32 hours per month) – 3 Years hours 3840
Relevant experience (2 Off)
2.3 Junior (40 hours per month) – 3 Years hours 2400
Relevant experience (1 Off)
2.4 Assistant (40 hours per month) - 3 Years hours 2400
Relevant experience (1 Off)
2.5 Safety Office (40 hours per month) – 3 hours 2400
Years Relevant experience (1 Off)
Section 3 distribution
3.1 Travelling= 40 000 km 40 000
3.2 Laboratory Testing ( 36 surface water sum 2160
samples per month=2160samples)
3.3 Laboratory Testing ( 37 Groundwater water sum 740
samples quartely =740 samples)
Part c2: pricing data c2.2 TSC3/A price list
Section 4 - adhoc services
4.1 Emergency sampling e.g. dam overflow=20 Each 20
4.2 Review of existing monitoring methodology, Each 1
network and amendment if necessary.
(once in 5 years)
4.3 Adhoc Environmental Monitoring Each 1
Part c2: pricing data c2.2 TSC3/A price list
undertake full investigation on root cause and provide a way forward.
understanding of the total monitoring system ensuring capacity to proactively minimise any
environmental issues that could arise from any of the Kusile Power Station activities.
required by DWS)
1.3 Interpretation and terminology
Environmental
Source: Surface and groundwater monitoring NEC.pdf (unknown)guidelines and procedures otherwise provided for under this contract and ensures that his
Subcontractors, employees and others under the Contractor’s direction and control,
likewise observe and comply with the foregoing.
Z6.2 The Contractor, in and about the execution of the service, complies with all applicable
environmental laws and regulations and rules, guidelines and procedures otherwise provided for
under this contract and ensures that his Subcontractors, employees and others under the
Contractor’s direction and control, likewise observe and comply with the foregoing.
Z7 Provision of a Tax Invoice and interest. Add to core clause 51
Z7.1 Within one week of receiving a payment certificate from the Service Manager in terms of core
clause 51.1, the Contractor provides the Employer with a tax invoice in accordance with the
if applicable.
Z14.6 The Contractor continues to Provide the Services, without additional control measures presented,
on presentation of Safe Levels. The contractually agreed dates to Provide the Services, including
the Completion Date, are adjusted accordingly. The contractually agreed dates are extended by
the notification periods required by regulations 3 and 21 of the Asbestos Regulations, 2001.
Z14.7 Any removal and disposal of asbestos, asbestos containing materials and waste, is done by a
registered asbestos contractor, instructed by the Employer at the Employer’s expense, and
conducted in line with South African legislation.
Part c1: agreements and contract data c1.2A Tsc3 contract data part 1
For period of five (5) year
3.4 Weekly Reports (120) No 120
3.5 Monthly Reports (60) No 60
3.6 Quarterly Reports (20) No 20
3.7 Annual reports (5) No 5
3.8 Surface sampling (Weekly) (10 samples)= No 2400
2400 samples
3.9 Geohydrological Model (Annually)=5 No 5
3.10 Soil Sampling (when required) =1 No 1
3.11 Purging of 10 boreholes (Annually)=50 No 50
3.12 Aquatic/Bi-monitoring analyses (Quarterly - No 20
4 x per year)=20
3.13 Inspect the functioning of storm water No 5
infrastructure and associated turbidity
impact annually=5
3.14 EMC Meeting and presentation 4 x per Each 20
year=20
3.15 Wetland delianation study (once in 5 Each 1
years)=1
3.16 Update the Integrated Waste and Water Each 1
Management Plan (once in 5 years) =1
3.17 Update of Water conservation and Water Each 1
4.4 Conduct risk analysis and pollution source Each 1
investigations should the need arises, this
is related to upstream mining activities,
agricultural impacts on water resources
around and within the Kusile Complex
4.5 Training to be done on an “as and when Each 1
required” basis to Kusile Power Station
personnel for a better understanding of the
total monitoring system ensuring capacity to
proactively minimise any environmental
issues that could arise from any of the
For period of five (5) year
4.1.3 Accelerated Shared Growth Initiative – South Africa (ASGI-SA) ................................................. 12
4.2 Subcontracting .................................................................................................................................. 12
4.2.1 Preferred subcontractors ............................................................................................................. 12
4.2.2 Subcontract documentation, and assessment of subcontract tenders ........................................ 12
4.2.3 Limitations on subcontracting ...................................................................................................... 13
4.2.4 Attendance on subcontractors ..................................................................................................... 13
4.3 Plant and Materials ............................................................................................................................ 13
4.3.1 Specifications .............................................................................................................................. 13
4.3.2 Correction of defects ................................................................................................................... 13
4.3.3 Contractor’s procurement of Plant and Materials ............................................................................... 13
4.3.4 Tests and inspections before delivery ......................................................................................... 13
4.3.5 Plant & Materials provided “free issue” by the Employer ............................................................. 14
4.3.6 Cataloguing requirements............................................................................................................ 14
5 Working on the Affected Property ........................................................................................................ 15
5.1 Employer’s site entry and security control, permits, and site regulations .............................................. 15
5.2 People restrictions, hours of work, conduct and records ................................................................... 15
5.3 Health and safety facilities on the Affected Property ......................................................................... 15
5.4 Environmental controls, fauna & flora ............................................................................................... 15
5.5 Cooperating with and obtaining acceptance of Others ...................................................................... 15
5.6 Records of Contractor’s Equipment............................................................................................................ 15
5.7 Equipment provided by the Employer ............................................................................................... 16
5.8 Site services and facilities ................................................................................................................. 16
5.8.1 Provided by the Employer ........................................................................................................... 16
5.8.2 Provided by the Contractor .......................................................................................................... 16
5.9 Control of noise, dust, water and waste ............................................................................................ 16
5.10 Hook ups to existing works ................................................................................................................ 16
5.11 Tests and inspections ........................................................................................................................ 16
5.11.1 Description of tests and inspections ............................................................................................ 16
5.11.2 Materials facilities and samples for tests and inspections ........................................................... 16
6 List of drawings ...................................................................................................................................... 17
6.1 Drawings issued by the Employer ..................................................................................................... 17
Part c3: scope of work c3.1 Tsc3 employer’s service information
When required basis for period of five (5) year
1.2 Employer’s requirements for the service
Scope of Work
requirements. This monitoring should be undertaken bi-weekly, monthly, quarterly and annually at
specified points as stipulated in Section 6.1 and 6.2.
plan requirements showing dates, location and time of monitoring and groundwater levels.
downstream of the Kusile Power Station in order to monitor the effect on the aquatic ecosystem as
stipulated in Section 6.3.
points) when required.
analysis).
quarterly basis.
each of the sub-catchments) at the same time as the collection of the samples.
locations and by comparing the quality returned with the RWQO for the quaternary catchment and the
baseline water quality.
determining the contribution by the Kusile Power Station operation to the water quality of the
catchment it impacts.
contribution of turbidity levels to its downstream users taking into consideration the background levels.
analysis. The accreditation certificate must be attached to the reports as they are submitted.
species.
non-compliances.
concentration) in each reach of the spruit and in relevant reaches of the river and consult other sources
where necessary and department of water and sanitation.
years.
Part c3: scope of work c3.1 Tsc3 employer’s service information
appropriate mitigation measures should the aquifer be found vulnerable to pollution. The bi-weekly
report must be submitted a week after sampling was done.
water quality, water surface monitoring maps, possible pollution sources and identify appropriate
mitigation measures should the aquifer be found vulnerable to pollution. The monthly report must be
submitted a month after sampling was done.
and identify appropriate mitigation measures should the aquifer be found vulnerable to pollution. The
monthly report must be submitted a month after sampling was done.
monitoring findings, reviewed constituents and standards and recommended mitigation measures.
recommended mitigation measures and give solutions should water quality be impacted by Kusile
upstream mining activities, agricultural impacts on water resources around and within the Kusile
Contractual Terms
Source: Surface and groundwater monitoring NEC.pdf (unknown)Loss of or damage caused by The replacement cost where not covered by the
the Contractor to the Employer’s insurance.
Employer’s property
The Employer’s policy deductible as at Contract
Date, where covered by the Employer’s insurance.
Loss of or damage to Plant and The replacement cost where not covered by the
Materials Employer’s insurance.
The Employer’s policy deductible as at Contract
Date, where covered by the Employer’s insurance.
Loss of or damage to The replacement cost where not covered by the
Equipment Employer’s insurance.
The Employer’s policy deductible as at Contract
Date, where covered by the Employer’s insurance.
The Contractor’s liability for Loss of or damage to property
loss of or damage to property The replacement cost
(except the Employer’s
property, Plant and Materials
and Equipment) and liability for Bodily injury to or death of a person
bodily injury to or death of a The amount required by the applicable law.
person (not an employee of the
Contractor) arising from or in
connection with the
Contractor’s Providing the
Service
Liability for death of or bodily The amount required by the applicable law
injury to employees of the
Contractor arising out of and in
the course of their employment
in connection with this contract
Z 12.2 Replace core clause 86 with the following:
Part c1: agreements and contract data c1.2A Tsc3 contract data part 1
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NO.
Surface, groundwater and aqautic monitoring at kusile power station on as and when required basis
For period of five (5) year
Insurance 86
by the
Employer
86.1 The Employer provides the insurances stated in the Insurance Table B
Insurance table b
Insurance against or name Minimum amount of cover or minimum li
of policy of indemnity
Assets All Risk Per the insurance policy document
Contract Works insurance Per the insurance policy document
Environmental Liability Per the insurance policy document
General and Public Liability Per the insurance policy document
Transportation (Marine) Per the insurance policy document
Motor Fleet and Mobile Plant Per the insurance policy document
Terrorism Per the insurance policy document
Cyber Liability Per the insurance policy document
Nuclear Material Damage and Per the insurance policy document
Business Interruption
Nuclear Material Damage Per the insurance policy document
Terrorism
Z13 Nuclear Liability
Z13.1 The Employer is the operator of the Koeberg Nuclear Power Station (KNPS), a nuclear installation,
as designated by the National Nuclear Regulator of the Republic of South Africa, and is the holder
of a nuclear licence in respect of the KNPS.
Z13.2 The Employer is solely responsible for and indemnifies the Contractor or any other person against
any and all liabilities which the Contractor or any person may incur arising out of or resulting from
nuclear damage, as defined in Act , save to the extent that any liabilities are incurred
due to the unlawful intent of the Contractor or any other person or the presence of the Contractor
or that person or any property of the Contractor or such person at or in the KNPS or on the KNPS
site, without the permission of the Employer or of a person acting on behalf of the Employer.
Z13.3 Subject to clause Z13.4 below, the Employer waives all rights of recourse, arising from the
aforesaid, save to the extent that any claims arise or liability is incurred due or attributable to the
unlawful intent of the Contractor or any other person, or the presence of the Contractor or that
person or any property of the Contractor or such person at or in the KNPS or on the KNPS site,
without the permission of the Employer or of a person acting on behalf of the Employer.
Z13.4 The Employer does not waive its rights provided for in section 30 (7) of Act , or any
replacement section dealing with the same subject matter.
Z13.5 The protection afforded by the provisions hereof shall be in effect until the KNPS is
decommissioned.
Z14 Asbestos
Part c1: agreements and contract data c1.2A Tsc3 contract data part 1
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NO.
Surface, groundwater and aqautic monitoring at kusile power station on as and when required basis
For period of five (5) year
For the purposes of this Z-clause, the following definitions apply:
AAIA means approved asbestos inspection authority.
ACM means asbestos containing materials.
AL means action level, i.e. a level of 50% of the OEL, i.e. 0.1 regulated asbestos fibres
per ml of air measured over a 4 hour period. The value at which proactive actions is
required in order to control asbestos exposure to prevent exceeding the OEL.
Ambient Air means breathable air in area of work with specific reference to breathing zone, which
is defined to be a virtual area within a radius of approximately 30cm from the nose
inlet.
Compliance means compliance sampling used to assess whether or not the personal exposure of
Monitoring workers to regulated asbestos fibres is in compliance with the Standard’s requirements
for safe processing, handling, storing, disposal and phase-out of asbestos and
asbestos containing material, equipment and articles.
OEL means occupational exposure limit.
Parallel means measurements performed in parallel, yet separately, to existing measurements
Measurements to verify validity of results.
Safe Levels means airborne asbestos exposure levels conforming to the Standard’s requirements
for safe processing, handling, storing, disposal and phase-out of asbestos and
asbestos containing material, equipment and articles.
Standard means the Employer’s Asbestos Standard 32-303: Requirements for Safe Processing,
Handling, Storing, Disposal and Phase-out of Asbestos and Asbestos Containing
Material, Equipment and Articles.
SANAS means the South African National Accreditation System.
TWA means the average exposure, within a given workplace, to airborne asbestos fibres,
normalised to the baseline of a 4 hour continuous period, also applicable to short term
exposures, i.e. 10-minute TWA.
Z14.1 The Employer ensures that the Ambient Air in the area where the Contractor will Provide the
Services conforms to the acceptable prescribed South African standard for asbestos, as per the
regulations published in GNR February 2002, under the Occupational Health and Safety
Act, 1993 (Act ) (“Asbestos Regulations”). The OEL for asbestos is 0.2 regulated
asbestos fibres per millilitre of air as a 4-hour TWA, averaged over any continuous period of four
hours, and the short term exposure limit of 0.6 regulated asbestos fibres per millilitre of air as a 10-
minute TWA, averaged over any 10 minutes, measured in accordance with HSG248 and
monitored according to HSG173 and OESSM.
Z14.2 Upon written request by the Contractor, the Employer certifies that these conditions prevail. All
measurements and reporting are effected by an independent, competent, and certified
occupational hygiene inspection body, i.e. a SANAS accredited and Department of Employment
and Labour approved AAIA. The Contractor may perform Parallel Measurements and related
control measures at the Contractor’s expense. For the purposes of compliance the results
generated from Parallel Measurements are evaluated only against South African statutory limits as
detailed in clause Z14.1. Control measures conform to the requirements stipulated in the AAIA-
approved asbestos work plan.
Z14.3 The Employer manages asbestos and ACM according to the Standard.
Z14.4 In the event that any asbestos is identified while Providing the Services, a risk assessment is
conducted and if so required, with reference to possible exposure to an airborne concentration of
above the AL for asbestos, immediate control measures are implemented and relevant air
Part c1: agreements and contract data c1.2A Tsc3 contract data part 1
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NO.
Surface, groundwater and aqautic monitoring at kusile power station on as and when required basis
For period of five (5) year
monitoring conducted in order to declare the area safe.
Z14.5 The Contractor’s personnel are entitled to stop working and leave the contaminated area forthwith
until such time that the area of concern is declared safe by either Compliance Monitoring or an
AAIA approved control measure intervention, for example, per the emergency asbestos work plan,
if applicable.
Z14.6 The Contractor continues to Provide the Services, without additional control measures presented,
on presentation of Safe Levels. The contractually agreed dates to Provide the Services, including
the Completion Date, are adjusted accordingly. The contractually agreed dates are extended by
the notification periods required by regulations 3 and 21 of the Asbestos Regulations, 2001.
Z14.7 Any removal and disposal of asbestos, asbestos containing materials and waste, is done by a
registered asbestos contractor, instructed by the Employer at the Employer’s expense, and
conducted in line with South African legislation.
Part c1: agreements and contract data c1.2A Tsc3 contract data part 1
ESKOM HOLDINGS SOC Ltd CONTRACT NUMBER
Surface, groundwater and aqautic monitoring at kusile power station on as and when required basis
For period of five (5) year
C1.2 Contract Data
Part two - Data provided by the Contractor
Completion of the data in full, according to Options chosen, is essential to create a complete contract.
Clause Statement Data
10.1 The Contractor is (Name):
Address
Tel No.
Fax No.
11.2(8) The direct fee percentage is %
The subcontracted fee percentage is 0%
11.2(14) The following matters will be included in
the Risk Register
11.2(15) The Service Information for the
Contractor’s plan is in:
21.1 The plan identified in the Contract Data is
contained in:
24.1 The key people are:
1 Name:
Job:
Responsibilities:
of Deviations (if any), contact the Employer’s agent (whose details are given in the Contract Data) to arrange
the delivery of any securities, bonds, guarantees, proof of insurance and any other documentation to be
provided in terms of the conditions of contract identified in the Contract Data at, or just after, the date this
agreement comes into effect. Failure to fulfil any of these obligations in accordance with those terms shall
constitute a repudiation of this agreement.
clauses and the clauses for main Option:
A: Priced contract with price list
dispute resolution Option W1: Dispute resolution procedure
and secondary Options
X1: Price adjustment for inflation
X2 Changes in the law
X17: Low service damages
X18: Limitation of liability
X19: Task Order
Z: Additional conditions of contract
of the NEC3 Term Service Contract April
20131 (tsc3)
10.1 The Employer is (name): Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd (reg no:
2002/015527/30), a state owned company
incorporated in terms of the company laws of
the Republic of South Africa
50.1 The assessment interval is Between 27th day of each successive month,
unless agreed by both Parties
51.1 The currency of this contract is the South African Rand
51.2 The period within which payments are
made is 4 weeks after acceptance of invoice
51.4 The interest rate is the publicly quoted prime rate of interest
(calculated on a 365 day year) charged by from
time to time by the Standard Bank of South
Africa Limited (as certified, in the event of any
dispute, by any manager of such bank, whose
appointment it shall not be necessary to prove)
for amounts due in Rands and
(ii) the LIBOR rate applicable at the time for
amounts due in other currencies. LIBOR is the
6 month London Interbank Offered Rate quoted
Part c1: agreements and contract data c1.2A Tsc3 contract data part 1
no rate is quoted for the currency in question
then the rate for United States Dollars, and if no
such rate appears in The Wall Street Journal
then the rate as quoted by the Reuters Monitor
Money Rates Service (or such service as may
replace the Reuters Monitor Money Rates
Service) on the due date for the payment in
question, adjusted mutatis mutandis every 6
months thereafter (and as certified, in the event
of any dispute, by any manager employed in the
foreign exchange department of The Standard
9 Termination As per Core Clause 90
dispute to him. (see www.ice-sa.org.za). If the
e-mail Will be selected when dispute arises
W1.2(3) The Adjudicator nominating body is: the Chairman of ICE-SA a joint Division of the
and or standards
X17 Low service damages
X17.1 The service level table is in As per Annexure B
X18 Limitation of liability
X18.1 The Contractor’s liability to the Employer
for indirect or consequential loss is limited
to R0.0 (zero Rand)
X18.2 For any one event, the Contractor’s the amount of the deductibles relevant to the
liability to the Employer for loss of or event
damage to the Employer’s property is
limited to
X18.3 The Contractor’s liability for Defects due to The greater of
Part c1: agreements and contract data c1.2A Tsc3 contract data part 1
For period of five (5) year
his design of an item of Equipment is limited
to
and
from the Employer’s insurance (other than
the resulting physical damage to the
Employer’s property which is not excluded)
plus the applicable deductibles
X18.4 The Contractor’s total liability to the the total of the Prices other than for the
in connection with this contract, other than
the excluded matters, is limited to The Contractor’s total liability for the additional
excluded matters is not limited.
for which the Contractor is liable under this
contract for
specification,
outside the Affected Property,
the Employer’s property, Plant and
Materials),
right.
X18.5 The end of liability date is 12 months after the end of the service period.
X19 Task Order
X19.5 The Contractor submits a Task Order
programme to the Service Manager within 14 days of receiving the Task Order unless
otherwise stated on the Task Order
Z3.2 The Contractor is required to submit an updated verification certificate and necessary
supporting documentation confirming the change in his B-BBEE status to the Service Manager
within thirty days of the notification or as otherwise instructed by the Service Manager.
Z3.3 Where, as a result, the Contractor’s B-BBEE status has decreased since the Contract Date the
Employer may either re-negotiate this contract or alternatively, terminate the Contractor’s
obligation to Provide the Service.
Z3.4 Failure by the Contractor to notify the Employer of a change in its B-BBEE status may
constitute a reason for termination. If the Employer terminates in terms of this clause, the
procedures on termination are P1, P2 and P4 as stated in clause 92, and the amount due is A1
and A3 as stated in clause 93.
Z4 Confidentiality
Z4.1 The Contractor does not disclose or make any information arising from or in connection with
this contract available to Others. This undertaking does not, however, apply to information
which at the time of disclosure or thereafter, without default on the part of the Contractor, enters
the public domain or to information which was already in the possession of the Contractor at the
time of disclosure (evidenced by written records in existence at that time). Should the
Contractor disclose information to Others in terms of clause 25.1, the Contractor ensures that
the provisions of this clause are complied with by the recipient.
Z4.2 If the Contractor is uncertain about whether any such information is confidential, it is to be
regarded as such until notified otherwise by the Service Manager.
Z4.3 In the event that the Contractor is, at any time, required by law to disclose any such information
which is required to be kept confidential, the Contractor, to the extent permitted by law prior to
disclosure, notifies the Employer so that an appropriate protection order and/or any other action
can be taken if possible, prior to any disclosure. In the event that such protective order is not,
or cannot, be obtained, then the Contractor may disclose that portion of the information which it
is required to be disclosed by law and uses reasonable efforts to obtain assurances that
confidential treatment will be afforded to the information so disclosed.
Z4.4 The taking of images (whether photographs, video footage or otherwise) of the Affected
the event, he is not entitled to a change in the Prices.
Z9 Employer’s limitation of liability
Z9.1 The Employer’s liability to the Contractor for the Contractor’s indirect or consequential loss is
limited to R0.00 (zero Rand)
Z9.2 The Contractor’s entitlement under the indemnity in 82.1 is provided for in 60.1(12) and the
Employer’s liability under the indemnity is limited to compensation as provided for in core
Part c1: agreements and contract data c1.2A Tsc3 contract data part 1
For period of five (5) year
clause 63 and X19.11 if Option X19 Task Order applies to this contract.
Termination: Add to core clause 91.1, at the second main bullet point, fourth sub-bullet
Z10
point, after the words "against it":
Z10.1 or had a business rescue order granted against it.
Z11 Ethics
appropriate action to prevent or remedy the situation, without limiting any other rights or
remedies the Employer has. It is not required that the Committing Party had to have been
found guilty, in court or in any other similar process, of such Prohibited Action before the
Employer can terminate the Contractor’s obligation to Provide the Services for this reason.
Z11.3 If the Employer terminates the Contractor’s obligation to Provide the Services for this reason,
the amounts due on termination are those intended in core clauses 92.1 and 92.2.
Z11.4 A Committing Party co-operates fully with any investigation pursuant to alleged Prohibited
Z12 Insurance
Part c1: agreements and contract data c1.2A Tsc3 contract data part 1
For period of five (5) year
Z 12.1 Replace core clause 83 with the following:
Insurance cover 83
83.1 When requested by a Party, the other Party provides certificates from his insurer
or broker stating that the insurances required by this contract are in force.
83.2 The Contractor provides the insurances stated in the Insurance Table A from the
starting date until the earlier of Completion and the date of the termination
certificate.
the Contractor to the Employer’s insurance.
Employer’s property
The Employer’s policy deductible as at Contract
Date, where covered by the Employer’s insurance.
Materials Employer’s insurance.
The Employer’s policy deductible as at Contract
Date, where covered by the Employer’s insurance.
Equipment Employer’s insurance.
The Employer’s policy deductible as at Contract
Date, where covered by the Employer’s insurance.
The Contractor’s liability for Loss of or damage to property
loss of or damage to property The replacement cost
(except the Employer’s
property, Plant and Materials
and Equipment) and liability for Bodily injury to or death of a person
bodily injury to or death of a The amount required by the applicable law.
person (not an employee of the
Contractor) arising from or in
connection with the
Contractor’s Providing the
For period of five (5) year
Insurance 86
by the
86.1 The Employer provides the insurances stated in the Insurance Table B
Transportation (Marine) Per the insurance policy document
Z13 Nuclear Liability
Z13.1 The Employer is the operator of the Koeberg Nuclear Power Station (KNPS), a nuclear installation,
as designated by the National Nuclear Regulator of the Republic of South Africa, and is the holder
of a nuclear licence in respect of the KNPS.
Z13.2 The Employer is solely responsible for and indemnifies the Contractor or any other person against
any and all liabilities which the Contractor or any person may incur arising out of or resulting from
nuclear damage, as defined in Act , save to the extent that any liabilities are incurred
due to the unlawful intent of the Contractor or any other person or the presence of the Contractor
or that person or any property of the Contractor or such person at or in the KNPS or on the KNPS
site, without the permission of the Employer or of a person acting on behalf of the Employer.
Z13.3 Subject to clause Z13.4 below, the Employer waives all rights of recourse, arising from the
aforesaid, save to the extent that any claims arise or liability is incurred due or attributable to the
unlawful intent of the Contractor or any other person, or the presence of the Contractor or that
person or any property of the Contractor or such person at or in the KNPS or on the KNPS site,
without the permission of the Employer or of a person acting on behalf of the Employer.
Z13.4 The Employer does not waive its rights provided for in section 30 (7) of Act , or any
replacement section dealing with the same subject matter.
Z13.5 The protection afforded by the provisions hereof shall be in effect until the KNPS is
decommissioned.
Z14 Asbestos
Part c1: agreements and contract data c1.2A Tsc3 contract data part 1
Part 3: Scope of Work ....................................................................................................................................... 1
C3.1: Employer’s service Information ....................................................................................................................... 2
1 Description of the service ........................................................................................................................ 4
1.1 Executive overview.............................................................................................................................. 4
1.2 Employer’s requirements for the service ............................................................................................. 4
1.3 Interpretation and terminology ............................................................................................................. 5
2 Management strategy and start up ......................................................................................................... 7
2.1 The Contractor’s plan for the service .................................................................................................. 7
2.2 Management meetings ........................................................................................................................ 7
2.3 Contractor’s management, supervision and key people ............................................................................ 8
2.4 Provision of bonds and guarantees ..................................................................................................... 8
2.5 Documentation control ........................................................................................................................ 8
2.6 Invoicing and payment ........................................................................................................................ 8
2.7 Contract change management ............................................................................................................ 9
2.8 Records of Defined Cost to be kept by the Contractor ........................................................................ 9
2.9 Insurance provided by the Employer ................................................................................................... 9
2.10 Training workshops and technology transfer ....................................................................................... 9
2.11 Design and supply of Equipment ......................................................................................................... 9
2.12 Things provided at the end of the service period for the Employer’s use .............................................. 10
2.12.1 Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 10
2.12.2 Information and other things ........................................................................................................ 10
2.13 Management of work done by Task Order ........................................................................................ 10
3 Health and safety, the environment and quality assurance ............................................................... 11
3.1 Health and safety risk management .................................................................................................. 11
3.2 Environmental constraints and management .................................................................................... 11
3.3 Quality assurance requirements ........................................................................................................ 11
4 Procurement ........................................................................................................................................... 12
4.1 People ............................................................................................................................................... 12
4.1.1 Minimum requirements of people employed ................................................................................ 12
4.1.2 BBBEE and preferencing scheme ............................................................................................... 12
Part c3: scope of work c3.1 Tsc3 employer’s service information
Section
Source: Surface and groundwater monitoring NEC.pdf (unknown)3 Health and safety, the environment and quality assurance ............................................................... 11
3.3 Quality assurance requirements ........................................................................................................ 11
Description
Source: 240-77471499 Annexure B (002).docx (unknown)Surface, Groundwater and Aquatic Monitoring at Kusile Power Station for a Period of Five (5) Years.
Important Dates
Source: 240-77471499 Annexure B (002).docx (unknown)Closing date and time: as stated in the tender record. No other dates (briefings, site visits, clarification deadlines) are stated in the document.
Contact Information
Source: 240-77471499 Annexure B (002).docx (unknown)No specific contact information (SCM or technical) is stated in the document.
Submission Guidelines
Source: 240-77471499 Annexure B (002).docx (unknown)Submission must be made in accordance with the tender instructions. The following returnable documents must be completed, signed and submitted: Annexure B Acknowledgement Form for Eskom OHS legal and other requirements, signed by an authorised person (CEO, Director or Managing Director) and witnessed by two witnesses. Any other returnable forms specified in the tender documentation must also be submitted. Bids received after the closing date and time will be disqualified.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-77471499 Annexure B (002).docx (unknown)Bidders must sign and submit the Annexure B Acknowledgement Form for Eskom OHS legal and other requirements, confirming understanding of and compliance with the listed OHS documents. The form must be signed by an authorised person (CEO, Director, or Managing Director) and witnessed by two witnesses. The tender will be evaluated in accordance with the 90/10 preference point system as per the PPPFA.
Technical Specifications
Source: 240-77471499 Annexure B (002).docx (unknown)Scope: Surface, Groundwater and Aquatic Monitoring at Kusile Power Station for a Period of Five (5) Years. The supplier must comply with Eskom OHS requirements, including Eskom contractor Health and Safety requirements standard 32-132, the OHS specification provided, the Occupational Health and Safety Act 85 of 1993, and the Compensation for Occupational Diseases and Illnesses Act 130 of 1993. After contract award, the supplier is responsible for aligning its processes to Eskom's OHS requirements. The main supplier must demonstrate to Eskom the process and selection criteria applied when appointing contractors and suppliers, provide notification prior to appointment, ensure contractors/suppliers have adequate resources and competencies, and is accountable for managing contractors/suppliers to ensure compliance with legal and Eskom requirements. Eskom reserves the right to verify compliance.
Compliance Requirements
Source: 240-77471499 Annexure B (002).docx (unknown)Compliance with Eskom OHS requirements is mandatory. The supplier must sign the Annexure B Acknowledgement Form for Eskom OHS legal and other requirements. The supplier must comply with the Occupational Health and Safety Act 85 of 1993 and the Compensation for Occupational Diseases and Illnesses Act 130 of 1993. Penalties will be enforced for non-conformance with Eskom and/or statutory OHS requirements.
Description
Source: Kusile Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for surface groundwater and aquatic monitoring (003).pdfThe tender is for surface, groundwater, and aquatic monitoring at Kusile Power Station. The technical evaluation strategy defines the method and criteria for evaluating tenders, including the mandatory technical criteria and scoring weights. The document is controlled and must be used in line with the authorised version on the EDMS.
Important Dates
Source: Kusile Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for surface groundwater and aquatic monitoring (003).pdf (unknown)Closing date and time are not stated in the source text. No briefing or site visit is mentioned.
Submission Guidelines
Source: Kusile Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for surface groundwater and aquatic monitoring (003).pdf (unknown)Submit the tender response to Eskom for Kusile Power Station. The tender pack must include all mandatory returnables: the completed tender documentation, technical evaluation returnables (CVs, qualifications, registration certificates, and up-to-date references for key personnel), proof of relevant experience (minimum 3 years on similar work, with client letters and contactable references), and a valid laboratory accreditation certificate authorising water analysis. Bids that fail to meet the mandatory technical criteria or the 70% technical threshold will be disqualified.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Kusile Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for surface groundwater and aquatic monitoring (003).pdf (unknown)Technical evaluation is weighted as follows: key personnel experience (CVs, qualifications, registration certificates, up-to-date references) — 40%; proof of relevant experience of key personnel with up-to-date references and proof of registration — 10%; and other technical criteria as per the evaluation strategy. Bidders must meet all mandatory criteria and achieve at least 70% overall technical score. Unacceptable risks include missing professional registration certificates, missing project-specific competence requirements, and missing proof of completed projects of similar scope.
Technical Specifications
Source: Kusile Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for surface groundwater and aquatic monitoring (003).pdf (unknown)An invite will be issued calling for interested parties to participate in the tender process for surface,
groundwater and aquatic monitoring at Kusile Power Station for a period of 5 years. This document sets
out the method and criteria that will be used to evaluate the tenders that will result from this pre-qualification
invite.
2.1 Scope
This strategy defines the TET, their responsibilities and the criteria used to evaluate the tender returnables.
2.1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this tender technical evaluation strategy is to define the Mandatory Evaluation Criteria,
Qualitative Evaluation Criteria and TET member responsibilities for tender technical evaluation. The
technical evaluation strategy serves as basis for the tender technical evaluation process.
2.1.2 Applicability
This strategy document applies to the Environmental Department.
2.2 Normative/informative references
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the following
paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] 240-48929482: Tender Technical Evaluation Procedure
[2] 32-1033: Eskom Procurement and Supply Chain Policy
[3] 32-1034: Eskom Procurement and Supply Management Procedure.
2.2.2 Informative
[4] 240-129306525: Kusile Power Station - Surface, groundwater and aquatic monitoring
2.3 Definitions
2.3.1 Classification
Controlled Disclosure: Controlled Disclosure to external parties (either enforced by law, or discretionary).
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the EDMS, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line
with the authorised version on the system.
Kusile Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for Unique Identifier: KUS-20231086
surface groundwater and aquatic monitoring Revision: 1
Page:
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Description
TES Technical Evaluation Strategy
TET Technical Evaluation Team
2.5 Roles and responsibilities
The document compiler is responsible for ensuring that this document is
Compiler up- to-date and that this document is not a duplication of an existing
documentation, regarding the document’s objectives and content.
Functional The Functional Responsible Person shall determine if the document is fit
Responsibility for purpose before the document is submitted for authorization.
(Senior Advisor
Environmental)
Authorizer The document authorizer is a duly delegated person with the responsibility
(Environmental to review the document for alignment to business strategy, policy,
Management objectives, and requirements. He/she shall authorize the release and
Manager) application of the document.
2.6 Process for monitoring
The primary process for monitoring will be governed by the 240-48929482 Tender Technical Evaluation
Procedure, this entails assuring that the design achieves the requirements set out in this document.
2.7 Related/supporting documents
Please refer to Section 2.2.
3.1 Technical evaluation threshold
To be eligible for evaluation, the tenderer shall meet all the mandatory requirements. The scoring for each
tenderer will be done as per the scoring table shown below. The minimum weighted final score (threshold)
required for a tender to be considered from a technical perspective is 70%.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the EDMS, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line
with the authorised version on the system.
Kusile Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for Unique Identifier: KUS-20231086
surface groundwater and aquatic monitoring Revision: 1
Page:
The evaluation scores will be weighted as according to the following disciplines:
Criteria Reference to Criteria Scoring Criteria
technical weighing
Minimum of 3 years’ Letters from previous 40% 3 years of continuous
experience on similar work clients or contracts with monitoring or more completed
done (Note: Letters from previous or current projects of similar nature – 40%
previous or current clients clients will be required 1 - 2 years of continuous
or contracts with previous or as proof and monitoring – 0%
current clients will be contactable references
requires as a proof and
contactable references).
Proof of relevant CV, Qualifications and 30% Project Manager
experience (CVs and registration certificates +- 5 years experience and
Qualifications) of key proof of SACNASP as
personnel to be used, with professional Geohydrologist –
up-to-date references and 10%
proof of registration as a
professionals Specialist x 2
+-3 years’ experience (e.g.
Geologist/Environmentalist
and Wetland specialist) - 10%
Junior
National diploma and 1-2
years’ field work experience
and matric - 5%
Assistant
Matric and 1-2 years’ field work
experience and matric - 5%
Organogram indicating the Organogram 5% Organogram indicating the
team for the required Project Manager, Specialists
service (including their and Junior.
responsibilities)
Laboratory Accreditation Lab certificate - valid 10% Submitted valid accreditation
certificate. certificate – 10%
Surface and groundwater Sampling 15% Submitted monitoring protocol
and aquatic monitoring methodologies (verify if the sampling
protocol methodology will fulfil the
requirements of the WUL)
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the EDMS, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line
with the authorised version on the system.
Kusile Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for Unique Identifier: KUS-20231086
surface groundwater and aquatic monitoring Revision: 1
Page:
Total 100%
Overall minimum 70%
threshold for qualification
3.2 Tet members
Table 1: TET Members
TET number TET Member Name Designation
TET 1 Environmental Management officer
TET 2 Snr Advisor Environmental
TET 3 Snr Advisor Environmental
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the EDMS, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line
with the authorised version on the system.
Unique Identifier:
Kusile Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation
Revision: 1 Strategy for Surface, Groundwater and Aquatic
Monitoring Page:
3.3 Mandatory technical evaluation criteria
Table 1: Mandatory Technical Evaluation Criteria
Mandatory Technical Criteria Reference to Technical Motivation for use of Criteria
Description Specification / Tender
Methodology
Source: Kusile Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for surface groundwater and aquatic monitoring (003).pdf (unknown)Qualitative Technical Evaluation Criteria: 1. Organogram indicating the team for the required service (including their responsibilities). 2. Laboratory Accreditation certificate (valid and authorised to conduct water analysis). 3. Surface and groundwater and aquatic monitoring protocol (sampling methodologies).
Experience & Qualifications
Source: Kusile Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for surface groundwater and aquatic monitoring (003).pdftechnical weighing
specification
Minimum of 3 years’ Letters from previous 40% 3 years of continuous
experience on similar work clients or contracts with monitoring or more completed
done (Note: Letters from previous or current projects of similar nature – 40%
previous or current clients clients will be required 1 - 2 years of continuous
or contracts with previous or as proof and monitoring – 0%
current clients will be contactable references
requires as a proof and
contactable references).
Proof of relevant CV, Qualifications and 30% Project Manager
experience (CVs and registration certificates +- 5 years experience and
Qualifications) of key proof of SACNASP as
personnel to be used, with professional Geohydrologist –
up-to-date references and 10%
proof of registration as a
professionals Specialist x 2
+-3 years’ experience (e.g.
National diploma and 1-2
years’ field work experience
and matric - 5%
Returnable
experience on similar clients or contracts with experience in water and
work done (Note: Letters previous or current clients aquatic monitoring
from previous or current will be required as proof
clients or contracts with and contactable
previous or current references
clients will be requires as
a proof and contactable
references).
CVs, Qualifications and 2. CV, Qualifications, and Confirmation of required
registration certificates resources and skills in experience of key
surface, groundwater, and personnel to be used,
with up-to-date aquatic monitoring
references and proof of
registration as a
professionals
3.4 Qualitative technical evaluation criteria
Table 2: Qualitative Technical Evaluation Criteria
Environmental
Source: Kusile Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for surface groundwater and aquatic monitoring (003).pdfKusile Power Station TenderTitle: Unique Identifier: KUS-20231086 Technical Evaluation Strategy for
surface groundwater and aquatic
monitoring
Alternative Reference Number: N/A
Area of Applicability: Environmental
Documentation Type: Strategy
Revision: 1
Total Pages: 12
Next Review Date: October 2028
Disclosure Classification: CONTROLLED
Kusile Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for Unique Identifier: KUS-20231086
surface groundwater and aquatic monitoring Revision: 1
Page:
(Senior Advisor
Environmental)
(Environmental to review the document for alignment to business strategy, policy,
TET 1 Environmental Management officer
TET 2 Snr Advisor Environmental
TET 3 Snr Advisor Environmental
Requirements
Source: Kusile Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for surface groundwater and aquatic monitoring (003).pdf (unknown)Key personnel must have relevant experience and qualifications, with proof of registration as professionals (e.g., SACNASP for geohydrologists). Up-to-date references and proof of completed projects of similar scope are required. A valid laboratory accreditation certificate for water analysis is mandatory.
Section
Source: Kusile Power Station Tender Technical Evaluation Strategy for surface groundwater and aquatic monitoring (003).pdfTechnical evaluation criteria include: minimum 3 years' experience on similar work (with client letters and contactable references), provision of CVs, qualifications, and registration certificates for key personnel, and proof of relevant experience with up-to-date references. The minimum technical threshold is 70%. Unacceptable risks include missing professional registration certificates, missing project-specific competence requirements, and missing proof of completed projects.
Sets the constitutional standard for fair, equitable, transparent, competitive and cost-effective public procurement.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 5 of 2000
Covers preferential procurement and preference-point systems used in public tenders.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 12 of 2004
Supports anti-corruption controls and supplier integrity in procurement processes.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 28 of 2024
Provides the national framework for public procurement across government.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 2 of 2000
Supports access to tender records, award decisions and public-sector procurement information.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 3 of 2000
Supports lawful, reasonable and procedurally fair administrative tender decisions.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Address
Kusile Power Station R545 KENDAL/BALMORAL RD HAARTEBEESFONTEIN FARM WITBANK 1035 - - WITBANK -
Source confidence
High source confidence
Official source
eTenders.gov.za
Documents found
19
Last checked
16 Sept 2026
AI status
Enhanced
Data conflicts
None detected
This tender has strong source evidence, including source metadata and supporting tender information synced from the government tender portal.
Tenders SA is not the issuing authority. All tenders are automatically synced from the official government tender portal. Always confirm final submission details, closing dates, briefing sessions, eligibility requirements, and documents on the official government portal before applying.
Key Personnel
Provinces Active
Industries
Learn how to submit a winning bid with these related articles
Win consulting, legal, accounting, and engineering service contracts with government. Learn registration requirements and proposal strategies.
Win government insurance, banking, actuarial, and financial consulting contracts. FSCA licensing requirements and tender strategies for financial service providers.
Master the art of the consulting bid. How to structure your methodology, price your services competitively, and score maximum evaluation points.
A professional guide for law firms to join the provincial and municipal legal panels in Gauteng, covering compliance, specialization, and bidding.
💡 Want more tendering tips and strategies?
Explore Our BlogGet deep intelligence on Agricultural Products and Services. Unlock full pricing strategies, bid frequency, and historical win rates.